WO2020116380A1 - Compound, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element - Google Patents
Compound, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2020116380A1 WO2020116380A1 PCT/JP2019/046979 JP2019046979W WO2020116380A1 WO 2020116380 A1 WO2020116380 A1 WO 2020116380A1 JP 2019046979 W JP2019046979 W JP 2019046979W WO 2020116380 A1 WO2020116380 A1 WO 2020116380A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- ring
- replaced
- compound
- hydrogen
- carbons
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
- 0 CCC(CC(CC(*)CC1)C1C(C)(C)*(C)c1ccc(C(C)(C)*)cc1)*c1ccc(C(C)(C)*)cc1 Chemical compound CCC(CC(CC(*)CC1)C1C(C)(C)*(C)c1ccc(C(C)(C)*)cc1)*c1ccc(C(C)(C)*)cc1 0.000 description 3
- YEKDUBMGZZTUDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)N(C(C=C1)=O)C1=O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)N(C(C=C1)=O)C1=O YEKDUBMGZZTUDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSRCBRYSACAGDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC(CC1)CCC1C(CC1)CCC1c1ccc(C(COC(C(C)C)=O)(COC(C(C)=C)=O)COC(C(CO)=C)=O)cc1 Chemical compound CCCCCC(CC1)CCC1C(CC1)CCC1c1ccc(C(COC(C(C)C)=O)(COC(C(C)=C)=O)COC(C(CO)=C)=O)cc1 LSRCBRYSACAGDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XORAUOBALOFPOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC(CC1)CCC1C1CCC(CC(C(COC(C(CO)=C)O)COC(C(C)=C)=O)OC(C(C)=C)=O)CC1 Chemical compound CCCCCC(CC1)CCC1C1CCC(CC(C(COC(C(CO)=C)O)COC(C(C)=C)=O)OC(C(C)=C)=O)CC1 XORAUOBALOFPOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHBQBKHDLKIRIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC(CC1)CCC1C1CCC(CCC(COC(C(C)=C)O)(COC(C(CC(CO)CO)=C)O)COC(C(C)=C)=O)CC1 Chemical compound CCCCCC(CC1)CCC1C1CCC(CCC(COC(C(C)=C)O)(COC(C(CC(CO)CO)=C)O)COC(C(C)=C)=O)CC1 AHBQBKHDLKIRIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLZUJYDPROUHES-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC(CC1)CCC1C1CCC(CCC(COC(C(C)=C)O)(COC(C(O)=C)O)COC(C(C)=C)=O)CC1 Chemical compound CCCCCC(CC1)CCC1C1CCC(CCC(COC(C(C)=C)O)(COC(C(O)=C)O)COC(C(C)=C)=O)CC1 DLZUJYDPROUHES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZWCWBVIMQQAJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC(CC1)CCC1c(cc1)ccc1-c1ccc(CCC(COC(C(C)=C)=O)(COC(C(C)=C)=O)COC(C(C)=C)=O)c(CC)c1 Chemical compound CCCCCC(CC1)CCC1c(cc1)ccc1-c1ccc(CCC(COC(C(C)=C)=O)(COC(C(C)=C)=O)COC(C(C)=C)=O)c(CC)c1 SZWCWBVIMQQAJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RASYIBMJQCJIRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC(CC1)CCC1c(cc1)ccc1-c1ccc(CCC(COC(C(C)=C)=O)(COC(C(C)=C)=O)COC(C(CC(CO)CO)=C)=O)c(CC)c1 Chemical compound CCCCCC(CC1)CCC1c(cc1)ccc1-c1ccc(CCC(COC(C(C)=C)=O)(COC(C(C)=C)=O)COC(C(CC(CO)CO)=C)=O)c(CC)c1 RASYIBMJQCJIRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
- C07C69/52—Esters of acyclic unsaturated carboxylic acids having the esterified carboxyl group bound to an acyclic carbon atom
- C07C69/533—Monocarboxylic acid esters having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
- C07C69/52—Esters of acyclic unsaturated carboxylic acids having the esterified carboxyl group bound to an acyclic carbon atom
- C07C69/533—Monocarboxylic acid esters having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
- C07C69/54—Acrylic acid esters; Methacrylic acid esters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
- C09K19/12—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
- C09K19/14—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
- C09K19/14—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
- C09K19/16—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. stilbenes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
- C09K19/14—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
- C09K19/18—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon triple bonds, e.g. tolans
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
- C09K19/20—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/30—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/32—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing condensed ring systems, i.e. fused, bridged or spiro ring systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/34—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/38—Polymers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/52—Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
- C09K19/54—Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/52—Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
- C09K19/54—Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
- C09K19/56—Aligning agents
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1337—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C67/00—Preparation of carboxylic acid esters
- C07C67/08—Preparation of carboxylic acid esters by reacting carboxylic acids or symmetrical anhydrides with the hydroxy or O-metal group of organic compounds
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a compound, a liquid crystal composition and a liquid crystal display device. More specifically, a compound having a plurality of polymerizable groups such as methacryloyloxy and having a substituent lateral to the mesogenic structure, a liquid crystal composition containing this compound and having a positive or negative dielectric anisotropy, and The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device containing a composition or a cured product of a part thereof.
- liquid crystal display elements When liquid crystal display elements are classified based on the operation mode of liquid crystal molecules, PC (phase change), TN (twisted nematic), STN (super twisted nematic), ECB (electrically controlled birefringence), OCB (optically compensated bend), IPS ( In-plane switching, VA (vertical alignment), FFS (fringe field switching), FPA (field-induced photo-reactive alignment) and other modes can be classified. Further, based on the driving method of the element, it can be classified into PM (passive matrix) and AM (active matrix). PM is classified into static, multiplex, etc., and AM is classified into TFT (thin film transistor), MIM (metal insulator metal), and the like.
- TFTs can be classified into amorphous silicon and polycrystal silicon. The latter is classified into a high temperature type and a low temperature type according to the manufacturing process. Classification based on a light source can be classified into a reflective type that uses natural light, a transmissive type that uses a backlight, and a transflective type that uses both natural light and a backlight.
- a liquid crystal composition having a nematic phase has appropriate properties. By improving the properties of this composition, an AM device having good properties can be obtained.
- the relationship between the characteristics of the composition and the characteristics of the AM device is summarized in Table 1 below.
- the characteristics of the composition will be further described based on a commercially available AM device.
- the temperature range of the nematic phase (the temperature range in which the nematic phase is exhibited) is related to the temperature range in which the device can be used.
- the preferred maximum temperature of the nematic phase is about 70° C. or higher, and the preferred minimum temperature of the nematic phase is about ⁇ 10° C. or lower.
- the viscosity of the composition is related to the response time of the device. A short response time is preferable for displaying a moving image on the device. Response times as short as 1 millisecond are desirable. Therefore, the viscosity of the composition is preferably low, and more preferably low even at low temperature.
- the optical anisotropy of the composition is related to the contrast ratio of the device. Depending on the mode of the device, large optical anisotropy or small optical anisotropy, that is, appropriate optical anisotropy is required.
- the product ( ⁇ n ⁇ d) of the optical anisotropy ( ⁇ n) of the composition and the cell gap (d) of the device is designed to maximize the contrast ratio.
- the appropriate product value depends on the mode of operation. This value is about 0.45 ⁇ m in a device having a mode such as TN. This value is in the range of about 0.30 ⁇ m to about 0.40 ⁇ m for the VA mode device and about 0.20 ⁇ m to about 0.30 ⁇ m for the IPS mode or FFS mode device.
- a composition having a large optical anisotropy is preferable for a device having a small cell gap.
- the large dielectric anisotropy in the composition contributes to a low threshold voltage, a small power consumption and a large contrast ratio in the device. Therefore, positive or negative large dielectric anisotropy is preferable.
- the large specific resistance in the composition contributes to a large voltage holding ratio and a large contrast ratio in the device. Therefore, in the initial stage, a composition having a large specific resistance at room temperature as well as at a temperature close to the maximum temperature of the nematic phase is preferable.
- a composition having a large specific resistance not only at room temperature but also at a temperature close to the maximum temperature of the nematic phase after being used for a long time is preferable.
- the stability of the composition against UV and heat is related to the lifetime of the device. When this stability is high, the life of the device is long. Such characteristics are preferable for an AM element used in a liquid crystal projector, a liquid crystal television, or the like.
- a liquid crystal composition containing a polymer is used.
- a composition containing a small amount of a polymerizable compound is injected into the device.
- a polymerizable compound having a plurality of polymerizable groups is generally used.
- the composition is irradiated with ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage between the substrates sandwiching this element.
- the polymerizable compound polymerizes to form a polymer network in the composition.
- the orientation of liquid crystal molecules can be controlled by the polymer, so that the response time of the device is shortened and image sticking is improved.
- Such effects of the polymer can be expected in devices having modes such as TN, ECB, OCB, IPS, VA, FFS, and FPA.
- a polar compound is added to a liquid crystal composition to align liquid crystal molecules.
- a device containing a small amount of a polar compound and a small amount of a polymerizable compound is injected into the device.
- the polymerizable compound a polymerizable compound having a plurality of polymerizable groups is generally used.
- the liquid crystal molecules are aligned by the action of the polar compound.
- the composition is irradiated with ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage between the substrates sandwiching this element.
- the polymerizable compound is polymerized to stabilize the alignment of liquid crystal molecules.
- this composition it becomes possible to control the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules by the polar compound and the polymer, so that the response time of the device is shortened and the image sticking is improved.
- the step of forming the alignment film is unnecessary. Since there is no alignment film, the electrical resistance of the device does not decrease due to the interaction between the alignment film and the composition.
- Such an effect of the combination of the polar compound and the polymer can be expected in a device having a mode such as TN, ECB, OCB, IPS, VA, FFS, and FPA.
- Patent Document 1 describes a polymerizable compound (S-1) having a plurality of polar groups and a plurality of polymerizable groups.
- the first object of the present invention is to provide high chemical stability, high ability to align liquid crystal molecules, high polymerization reactivity by UV irradiation, large voltage holding ratio when used in a liquid crystal display device, suppression of afterimage, stable stability. It is to provide compounds having at least one of the formation of pretilt angles and having high solubility in liquid crystal compositions.
- the second problem includes this compound, and includes a high upper temperature limit of the nematic phase, a low lower limit temperature of the nematic phase, a low viscosity, a suitable optical anisotropy, a large positive or negative dielectric anisotropy, and a large specific resistance.
- a liquid crystal composition satisfying at least one of properties such as high stability against ultraviolet rays, high stability against heat, and large elastic constant.
- the third problem is that at least one of characteristics such as a wide temperature range in which the device can be used, a short response time, a high transmittance, a large voltage holding ratio, a low threshold voltage, a large contrast ratio, a long lifetime, and a good orientation property. It is to provide a liquid crystal display device having two.
- the present invention relates to a compound represented by formula (1), a liquid crystal composition containing the compound, and a liquid crystal display device containing the composition and/or a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least a part of the composition.
- R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are independently hydrogen, —Sp—P, or alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and in this R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is , —O— or —S—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced with —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C—, and at least one hydrogen is , May be replaced by fluorine or chlorine; Ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are independently 1,2-cyclopropylene, 1,3-cyclobutylene, 1,3-cyclopentylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1 ,4-cycloheptylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2
- Alkenyloxy, or -Sp-P at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine, and a plurality of ring A 1 , ring A 2 and ring A 3 are present in the structure.
- Each may be different, if a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3 and c is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and in this Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, May be replaced by —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, where at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — is replaced by —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C—.
- At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine, and when there are multiple Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 in the structure, each may be different;
- Sp is a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and in this Sp, at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, Or —OCOO—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine or chlorine.
- P is a group represented by any one of formula (1b) to formula (1h), and when a plurality of P are present in the structure, each may be different, but at least One P is a group in which R 4 in formula (1b) is —CH 2 OCH 3 or —CH 2 OH;
- R 4 in formula (1b) is —CH 2 OCH 3 or —CH 2 OH;
- M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are independently hydrogen, halogen, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons in which at least one hydrogen has been replaced by halogen;
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are independently hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 8 In R 9 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O— or —S—, and at least one —(CH 2 ) 2
- the first advantage of the present invention is chemically high stability, high ability to align liquid crystal molecules, high polymerization reactivity by ultraviolet irradiation, large voltage holding ratio when used in a liquid crystal display device, suppression of afterimage, stable stability. It is to provide compounds having at least one of the formation of pretilt angles and having high solubility in liquid crystal compositions.
- the second advantage is that it contains this compound, and has a high maximum temperature of the nematic phase, a low minimum temperature of the nematic phase, a low viscosity, a suitable optical anisotropy, a large positive or negative dielectric anisotropy, a large specific resistance.
- a liquid crystal composition satisfying at least one of properties such as high stability against ultraviolet rays, high stability against heat, and large elastic constant.
- the third advantage is that at least one of characteristics such as a wide temperature range in which the device can be used, a short response time, a high transmittance, a large voltage holding ratio, a low threshold voltage, a large contrast ratio, a long lifetime, and a good orientation property. It is to provide a liquid crystal display device having two.
- liquid crystal compound liquid crystal composition
- liquid crystal display device may be abbreviated as “compound”, “composition”, and “device”, respectively.
- liquid crystalline compound is a compound having a liquid crystal phase such as a nematic phase or a smectic phase, and has no liquid crystal phase, but controls the physical properties of the composition such as the maximum temperature, the minimum temperature, the viscosity, and the dielectric anisotropy. It is a general term for compounds added for the purpose. This compound usually has a 6-membered ring such as 1,4-cyclohexylene and 1,4-phenylene, and its molecular structure is rod-like.
- the “polymerizable compound” is a compound added for the purpose of forming a polymer in the composition.
- a liquid crystal compound having an alkenyl is not a polymerizable compound in that sense.
- the “polar compound” assists the alignment of liquid crystal molecules by the interaction of polar groups with the surface of the substrate.
- “Liquid crystal display element” is a generic term for liquid crystal display panels, liquid crystal display modules, and the like.
- the liquid crystal composition is usually prepared by mixing a plurality of liquid crystal compounds.
- This composition contains a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, an optically active compound, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, a heat stabilizer, a dye, and a depolymerizing agent for the purpose of further adjusting physical properties.
- Additives such as foaming agents are added as needed.
- the proportion (content) of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition is expressed as a percentage by weight (% by weight) based on the weight of the liquid crystal composition containing no additive even when the additive is added.
- the ratio (addition amount) of the additive in the liquid crystal composition is expressed as a weight percentage (% by weight) based on the weight of the liquid crystal composition containing no additive. That is, the ratio of the liquid crystal compound or the additive is calculated based on the total weight of the liquid crystal compound. Weight parts per million (ppm) may be used.
- the ratio of the polymerization initiator and the polymerization inhibitor in the liquid crystal composition is exceptionally expressed based on the weight of the polymerizable compound.
- “Clearing point” is the transition temperature between the liquid crystal phase and the isotropic phase in a liquid crystal compound.
- the “minimum temperature of the liquid crystal phase” is the transition temperature of the solid-liquid crystal phase (smectic phase, nematic phase, etc.) in the liquid crystal compound.
- the “maximum temperature of the nematic phase” is a transition temperature of a nematic phase-isotropic phase in a mixture of a liquid crystal compound and a mother liquid crystal or a liquid crystal composition, and may be abbreviated as “maximum temperature”.
- the “minimum temperature of the nematic phase” may be abbreviated as “minimum temperature”.
- the expressions “increase dielectric anisotropy” and “large dielectric anisotropy” mean that the absolute value of the value increases or increases.
- “High voltage holding ratio” means that the device has a large voltage holding ratio not only at room temperature in the initial stage but also at a temperature close to the upper limit temperature, and even after using the device for a long time, not only at room temperature but also at the upper limit temperature. It means having a large voltage holding ratio even at a temperature close to.
- the characteristics of the composition or device may be examined before and after the aging test (including the accelerated deterioration test).
- the expression “highly soluble in a liquid crystal composition” means that it has a high solubility in any of the compositions containing a liquid crystalline compound at room temperature.
- the composition used to evaluate the solubility can be the standard.
- the compound represented by the formula (1) may be abbreviated as “compound (1)”.
- the compound (1) means one compound represented by the formula (1), a mixture of two compounds, or a mixture of three or more compounds. This rule also applies to at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (2). Symbols such as A 1 , B 1 and C 1 surrounded by hexagons correspond to ring A 1 , ring B 1 and ring C 1 , respectively.
- the hexagon represents a 6-membered ring such as a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring or a condensed ring such as a naphthalene ring.
- a straight line across one side of this hexagon represents that any hydrogen on the ring may be replaced with a group such as -Sp 1 -P 1 .
- Subscripts such as f, g, and h indicate the number of replaced groups. When the subscript is 0, there is no such replacement.
- ring A and ring C are independently X, Y, or Z,”"independently” is used because the subject is plural. When the subject is “ring A is”, “independently” is not used because the subject is singular.
- the symbol of the terminal group R 11 is used for a plurality of compounds, and the groups represented by R 11 in these compounds may be the same or different.
- R 11 of Compound (2) when R 11 of Compound (2) is ethyl, R 11 of compound (3) may be ethyl, it may be other groups, such as propyl.
- This rule also applies to other symbols.
- compound (8) when i is 2, two rings D 1 are present. The two groups represented by the two rings D 1 in this compound may be the same or different. When i is greater than 2, it also applies to any two rings D 1 . This rule also applies to other symbols.
- At least one'A' means that the number of'A's is arbitrary.
- the expression "at least one'A' may be replaced by'B'” means that if'A' itself is not replaced by'B', then one'A' is replaced by'B'. In this case, two or more'A's are replaced with'B', and in these, the position of'A' replaced with'B' is arbitrary.
- the rule that the substitution position is arbitrary also applies to the expression "at least one'A' is replaced by'B'".
- the expression "at least one A may be replaced by B, C, or D" means that when A is not replaced, when at least one A is replaced by B, at least one A is replaced by C.
- alkyl in which at least one —CH 2 — (or —CH 2 CH 2 —) may be replaced by —O— includes alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl. , Alkoxyalkenyl, and alkenyloxyalkyl.
- —CH 2 — of the methyl moiety (—CH 2 —H) is replaced with —O— to give —O—H.
- R 11 and R 12 are independently alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, in which at least one —CH 2 — is replaced with —O— Of course, in these groups, at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine".
- in these groups may be interpreted literally.
- “these groups” means alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkenyloxy and the like. That is, “these groups” refers to all of the groups listed before the term “in these groups”. This common sense interpretation applies to other terms as well.
- Halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- the preferred halogen is fluorine or chlorine.
- a more preferred halogen is fluorine.
- alkyl is linear or branched and does not include cyclic alkyl. Straight chain alkyls are generally preferred over branched alkyls. The same applies to terminal groups such as alkoxy and alkenyl.
- trans is preferable to cis for increasing the maximum temperature of the nematic phase.
- 2-Fluoro-1,4-phenylene means the following two divalent groups.
- fluorine may be leftward (L) or rightward (R). This rule also applies to asymmetric bivalent groups formed by removing two hydrogens from a ring, such as tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl.
- the present invention includes the following items.
- R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are independently hydrogen, —Sp—P, or alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and in this R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is , —O— or —S—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced with —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C—, and at least one hydrogen is , May be replaced by fluorine or chlorine;
- Ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are independently 1,2-cyclopropylene, 1,3-cyclobutylene, 1,3-cyclopentylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1 ,4-cycloheptylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4
- Alkenyloxy, or -Sp-P at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine, and a plurality of ring A 1 , ring A 2 and ring A 3 are present in the structure.
- Each may be different, if a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3 and c is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and in this Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, May be replaced by —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, where at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — is replaced by —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C—.
- At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine, and when there are multiple Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 in the structure, each may be different;
- Sp is a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and in this Sp, at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, Or —OCOO—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine or chlorine.
- P is a group represented by any one of formula (1b) to formula (1h), and when a plurality of P are present in the structure, each may be different, but at least One P is a group in which R 4 in formula (1b) is —CH 2 OCH 3 or —CH 2 OH;
- R 4 in formula (1b) is —CH 2 OCH 3 or —CH 2 OH;
- M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are independently hydrogen, halogen, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons in which at least one hydrogen has been replaced by halogen;
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are independently hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 8 In R 9 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O— or —S—, and at least one —(CH 2 ) 2
- Ring A 1 , Ring A 2 , Ring A 3 and Ring A 4 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, tetrahydro Pyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl, wherein ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 And in ring A 4 , at least one hydrogen is fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 9 carbons, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 9 carbons.
- P is the formula (1b-1), (1b-2), (1b-3), (1b-4), formula (1b-5), (1c-1), (1d-1), (1d-2) ) Or (1e-1), and when a plurality of Ps are present in the structure, each may be different, provided that at least one P is represented by the formula (1b-4) or (1b- The compound according to any one of [1] to [4] which is 5).
- a and b are independently 0, 1 or 2, provided that a+b is 3 or less, c is 1, 2 or 3, and ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are independent.
- R 3 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, hydrogen or —Sp 3 —P 3
- Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 are independently , A single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, wherein in Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is replaced with —O—, —COO—, or —OCO—
- at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C—
- P 1 , P 2 and P 3 are independently of the formula (1b- 1), (1b-2), (1b-3), (1b-4), formula (1b-5), (1c-1), (1d-1), (1d-2) or (1e-1)
- each of them may be different, provided that at least one
- R 11 and R 12 are independently alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and in this R 11 and R 12 , at least one —CH 2 — is replaced with —O— And at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine;
- Ring B 1 , Ring B 2 , Ring B 3 , and Ring B 4 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2,5-difluoro- 1,4-phenylene or pyrimidine-2,5-diyl;
- Z 11 , Z 12 and Z 13 are independently a single bond, —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH ⁇ CH—, or —C ⁇ C—.
- Ring C 1 , Ring C 2 , and Ring C 3 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl.
- Z 14 , Z 15 and Z 16 are independently a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, or —(CH 2 ) 4 —;
- L 11 and L 12 are independently hydrogen or fluorine.
- X 12 is —C ⁇ N or —C ⁇ C—C ⁇ N
- Ring D 1 is 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or at least 1 1,4-phenylene with one hydrogen replaced by fluorine
- Z 17 is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, or —C ⁇ C—.
- L 13 and L 14 are independently hydrogen or fluorine; i is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
- Ring E 5 and ring E 6 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, or decahydronaphthalene-2,6.
- Z 18 , Z 19 , Z 20 and Z 21 are independently a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 OCH 2 CH 2 —, or —OCF 2 CH 2 CH 2 —;
- L 15 and L 16 are independently fluorine or chlorine;
- S 11 is hydrogen or methyl;
- X is —CHF— or —CF 2 —;
- j, k, m, n, p, q, r, and s are independently 0 or 1, and the sum of k, m, n, and p is 1 or 2, q, r, and the sum of s is 0, 1, 2, or 3, t is 1, 2, or 3.
- Ring G is 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-1,2-diyl, naphthalene-1,3-diyl, naphthalene-1,4-diyl, Naphthalene-1,5-diyl, naphthalene-1,6-diyl, naphthalene-1,7-diyl, naphthalene-1,8-diyl, naphthalene-2,3-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, naphthalene- 2,7-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl
- At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine; u is 0, 1, or 2; f, g, and h are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, and the sum of f, g, and h is 1 or more.
- R 51 is a group represented by —OH, —NH 2 , —OR 53 , —N(R 53 ) 2 , or —Si(R 53 ) 3 , where R 53 is hydrogen or the number of carbon atoms. 1 to 7 alkyl, in which R 53 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced by —CH ⁇ CH—.
- At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine;
- R 52 is hydrogen, fluorine, or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, and in this R 52 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine or May be replaced by chlorine;
- Ring A 50 and ring B 50 are 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3 -Dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl, wherein in ring A 50 and ring B 50 , at least one hydrogen is fluorine, carbon number 1 to 12 alkyl, 1-12 alkoxy, or at least one hydrogen may be replaced by 1-12 alkyl in which fluorine is replaced;
- Sp 51 , Sp 52 , Sp 53 and Sp 54 are a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and in this Sp 51 , Sp 52 , Sp 53 and Sp 54 , at least one —CH 2 — is — May be replaced by O—, —COO—, or —OCO—, at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced by —CH ⁇ CH—, and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine.
- a 50 is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; a 51 is 1 or 2; l is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, and at least one —CH 2 — of —(CH 2 ) l — is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced with —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C—, and at least one hydrogen is It may be replaced by fluorine.
- P 11 , P 12 , and P 13 are each independently a group selected from the group of polymerizable groups represented by formula (P-1) to formula (P-5). Liquid crystal composition.
- M 11 , M 12 and M 13 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons in which at least one hydrogen has been replaced by halogen.
- the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (20) is at least one compound selected from the group of polymerizable compounds represented by the formula (20-1) to the formula (20-7), 14] The liquid crystal composition according to any one of [16].
- L 31 , L 32 , L 33 , L 34 , L 35 , L 36 , L 37 , and L 38 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, or methyl;
- Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 are independently a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, and in this Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O.
- P 11 , P 12 , and P 13 are independently a group selected from the group of polymerizable groups represented by formula (P-1) to formula (P-3), In formula (P-1) to formula (P-3), M 11 , M 12 and M 13 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons in which at least one hydrogen has been replaced by halogen.
- a liquid crystal display device containing at least one selected from the group consisting of:
- the present invention also includes the following items.
- A Further, at least two additives such as a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, an optically active compound, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, a heat stabilizer, a dye and an antifoaming agent.
- the above-mentioned liquid crystal composition containing.
- B A polymerizable composition prepared by adding a polymerizable compound different from compound (1) or compound (20) to the above liquid crystal composition.
- C A polymerizable composition prepared by adding the compound (1) and the compound (20) to the above liquid crystal composition.
- D A liquid crystal composite prepared by polymerizing the polymerizable composition.
- (E) A polymer-supported orientation type device containing the liquid crystal composite.
- (F) Use of a polymerizable composition prepared by adding the compound (1), the compound (20), and a polymerizable compound different from the compound (1) or the compound (20) to the liquid crystal composition.
- the compound (1) of the present invention is characterized by having a mesogenic moiety composed of at least one ring, at least one polar group, and one or more polymerizable groups, and in particular, a mesogen. It is characterized by having a substituent on the side of the site.
- the compound (1) is useful because the polar group interacts non-covalently with the substrate surface such as glass (or metal oxide).
- One of the uses is an additive for a liquid crystal composition used in a liquid crystal display device, and in this use, the compound (1) is added for the purpose of controlling the alignment of liquid crystal molecules.
- Such an additive is chemically stable under the condition of being sealed in the device, has a high ability to align liquid crystal molecules, has a large voltage holding ratio when used in a liquid crystal display device, and suppresses an afterimage, It is preferable that the pretilt angle is formed stably and the solubility in the liquid crystal composition is large.
- the compound (1) having a ring in the lateral direction satisfies such characteristics to a considerable extent and has extremely high solubility in a liquid crystal composition, which cannot be achieved by conventional compounds, and thus the compound (1) is used.
- a preferred example of the compound (1) will be described. Preferred examples of symbols such as R 1 , A 1 and Sp in the compound (1) also apply to the subordinate formula of the compound (1).
- the properties can be adjusted arbitrarily by appropriately combining the types of these groups.
- Compound (1) may contain isotopes such as 2 H (deuterium) and 13 C in a larger amount than the natural abundance, since there is no large difference in the properties of the compounds.
- R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are independently hydrogen, —Sp—P, or alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and in this R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is , —O— or —S—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced with —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C—, and at least one hydrogen is , May be replaced by fluorine or chlorine.
- R 1 and R 2 are -Sp-P
- preferred R 3 is -Sp-P, alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 15 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 14 carbons, or Alkenyloxy having 2 to 14 carbon atoms, in which at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine. More desirable R 3 is —Sp—P, alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons or alkoxy having 1 to 9 carbons. Particularly preferred R 3 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons.
- the compound in which R 3 is alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons or alkoxy having 1 to 14 carbons has high chemical stability.
- a compound in which R 3 is alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 15 carbons, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 14 carbons has high solubility in a liquid crystal composition.
- R 3 is —Sp—P
- the polymerization reaction rate is high.
- the compound in which R 1 is alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons has high ability to align liquid crystal molecules.
- Ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are independently 1,2-cyclopropylene, 1,3-cyclobutylene, 1,3-cyclopentylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1 ,4-cycloheptylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2, 6-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl, wherein ring A 1 , ring In A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 , at least one hydrogen is fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, alkenyl
- Preferred ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, tetrahydropyran- 2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl, wherein ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and In ring A 4 , at least one hydrogen is replaced with fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 9 carbons, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 9 carbons. And at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine.
- More preferred ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl and tetrahydropyran. -2,5-diyl or 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, wherein at least one hydrogen in the ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 is fluorine, carbon number It may be replaced by 1-10 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C1-C9 alkoxy, or C2-C9 alkenyloxy and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine. Good.
- More preferred ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl and tetrahydropyran. -2,5-diyl, or 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, in which at least one hydrogen is fluorine, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 5 carbons. Or may be replaced with an alkoxy having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- Particularly preferred ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are 1,4-cyclohexylene and 1,4-phenylene.
- Ring A 1 and ring A 2 are independently 1,3-cyclopentylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cycloheptylene, 1,4-phenylene, at least one hydrogen being replaced by fluorine 1.
- 4-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, or tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl is , High chemical stability.
- Ring A 1 and Ring A 2 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by fluorine, at least 1,4-phenylene in which one hydrogen is replaced by alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons or 1,4-phenylene in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by alkenyl having 2 to 5 carbons has a liquid crystal composition It has a high solubility in substances.
- a compound in which ring A 1 and ring A 2 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, and 1,4-phenylene in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by alkyl having 1 to 2 carbons are , High ability to align liquid crystal molecules.
- Ring A 1 and ring A 2 are independently 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, at least one hydrogen is 1 to 4 carbons
- the 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl substituted with the above alkoxy have high polymerization reactivity upon irradiation with ultraviolet rays.
- a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3
- c is 1, 2, 3 or 4, more preferably a and b are independently 0, 1 or 2.
- A+b is 3 or less
- c is 1, 2 or 3.
- a compound in which a+b is 1 has a high solubility in the liquid crystal composition.
- the compound in which c is 2 or 3 has a high ability to align liquid crystal molecules.
- Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and in this Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, May be replaced by —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, where at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — is replaced by —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C—.
- at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine.
- the compound in which Z 1 is a single bond has high chemical stability.
- a compound in which Z 1 is a single bond, —(CH 2 ) 2 —, —CF 2 O—, or —OCF 2 — has high solubility in a liquid crystal composition.
- a compound in which Z 1 is a single bond or —(CH 2 ) 2 — has a high ability to align liquid crystal molecules.
- a compound in which Z 1 is a single bond, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 — has a high polymerization reactivity upon irradiation with ultraviolet rays.
- Sp is independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, and in this Sp, at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —. OCOO—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C—, and at least one hydrogen is replaced by fluorine or chlorine. May be
- Preferred Sp is independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 7 carbons, and in this Sp, at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, —COO—, or —OCO—.
- at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH ⁇ CH— and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine.
- a compound in which Sp is independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 7 carbons has high chemical stability.
- Sp 1 , Sp 2 , Sp 3 , Sp 4 , and Sp 5 are independently alkylene having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, or at least one —CH 2 — of alkylene having 1 to 7 carbon atoms is replaced by —O—.
- the compound that is the obtained group has high solubility in the liquid crystal composition.
- P is independently a group represented by any one of formula (1b) to formula (1h).
- Preferred P is independently a group represented by any one of formulas (1b), (1c), (1d), and (1e).
- M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are independently hydrogen, halogen, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, or at least one hydrogen is replaced by halogen. It is an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- Preferred M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, methyl, ethyl or trifluoromethyl. More preferably, it is hydrogen.
- R 4 is hydrogen, halogen, or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, and in this R 4 , at least one hydrogen may be replaced with halogen, and at least one —CH 2 — is replaced with —O—. May be.
- Preferred R 4 is hydrogen, fluorine, methyl, ethyl, methoxymethyl, or trifluoromethyl. More preferably, it is hydrogen.
- R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are independently hydrogen or linear, branched or cyclic alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and R 5 , R 6 , R 8 In 7 , R 8 and R 9 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O— or —S—, and at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — is —CH ⁇ CH—. Or it may be replaced by —C ⁇ C— and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by halogen.
- R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are independently hydrogen, linear alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, linear alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and 1 to 10 carbons. Is a straight-chain alkoxy or a C3-C6 cyclic alkyl. More preferably, it is hydrogen, linear alkyl having 2 to 6 carbons, linear alkenyl having 2 to 6 carbons, linear alkoxy having 1 to 5 carbons, or cyclic alkyl having 4 to 6 carbons. ..
- P 1 and P 2 More preferred P is P 1 and P 2 , and P 1 and P 2 are represented by formulas (1b-1), (1b-2), (1b-3), (1b-4) and formula (1b-5). , (1c-1), (1d-1), (1d-2) or (1e-1).
- Preferred compounds (1) are compounds (1-1) to (1-10) and compounds (1-101) to (1-141) described in item 7.
- More desirable compound (1) are the following compounds (1-33) to (1-49) and compounds (1-142) to (1-309).
- MSG 1 is a monovalent organic group having at least one ring.
- the monovalent organic groups represented by a plurality of MSG 1 (or MSG 2 ) may be the same or different.
- Compounds (1A) to (1J) correspond to compound (1) or an intermediate of compound (1).
- Rings A 1 , A 2 , A 3 and A 4 1,4-Cyclohexylene, 1,4-Cyclohexenylene, 1,4-Phenylene, 2-Fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2-Methyl-1 ,4-phenylene, 2-ethyl-1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, Tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, perhydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthrene-3,17- For rings such as diyl, 2,3,4,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17-t
- Preferred examples of the polymerizable group P include acryloyloxy (1b), maleimide (1c), itaconic acid ester (1d), vinyl ester (1e), oxiranyl (1g), or It is vinyloxy (1h).
- An example of the method for synthesizing the compound in which the polymerizable group is bonded to the ring by the linking group Sp 1 or Sp 2 is as follows. First, an example in which the linking group Sp 1 or Sp 2 is a single bond is shown.
- MSG 1 is a monovalent organic group having at least one ring.
- Compounds (1S) to (1X) correspond to compound (1).
- the polymerizable group is an acrylate derivative, it is synthesized by esterification of HO-MSG1 with the corresponding acrylic acid.
- Vinyloxy is synthesized by etherification of HO-MSG1 and vinyl bromide.
- Oxiranyl is synthesized by the oxidation of the terminal double bond.
- the maleimide group is synthesized by reacting an amino group with maleic anhydride.
- Itaconic acid esters are synthesized by esterification of the corresponding itaconic acid with HO-MSG1.
- Vinyl ester is synthesized by transesterification reaction between vinyl acetate and HOOC-MSG1.
- the synthetic method of the compound in which the linking group Sp is a single bond has been described above.
- the method for producing another linking group can be synthesized with reference to the method for synthesizing the bonding groups Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Z 5 .
- Synthetic Example An example of the method for synthesizing the compound (1) is as follows.
- MES is a mesogenic group having at least one ring.
- the definitions of P 1 , M 1 , M 2 , Sp 1 and Sp 2 are the same as above.
- (1) Introduction of SP and P-1 Compound (51A) and compound (51B) are commercially available or can be synthesized according to a general organic synthesis method using mesogen (MES) having a suitable ring structure as a starting material.
- MES mesogen
- the compound (51A) is used as a starting material, and the compound (52) and a base such as potassium hydroxide are used for etherification to synthesize the compound.
- (53A) can be obtained.
- the compound (51B) is used as a starting material, the compound (52), a metal catalyst such as palladium, and a cross-coupling reaction using a base.
- the compound (53B) can be obtained by performing.
- the compound (53A) or (53B) may be derivatized to the compound (54A) or (54B) to which a protecting group such as TMS or THP is applied, if necessary.
- Preferred protecting groups are THP, MOM, TMS, TES, TIPS, TBS, TBDPS, Bn, t-Bu, Me, Boc, Cbz, Fmoc, CH 3 CO-(acetyl).
- Further preferred protecting groups are THP, MOM, TMS, TIPS, TBS, Bn, t-Bu.
- Compound (57A) or (57B) is obtained by subjecting compound (53A), (53B), (54A) or compound (54B) to etherification again in the presence of compound (55) and a base such as potassium hydroxide. Can be obtained. At this time, when the protecting group is reacted in the previous step, the protecting group is removed by a deprotection reaction.
- the compound (1A) in which P 2 is a group represented by the formula (1b-4) can be synthesized from the compound (57) by the following method.
- Compound (1) can be derived from compound (57) by performing an esterification reaction in the presence of compound (58), DCC and DMAP.
- Compound (58) is a known substance.
- the compound (d-2) can be obtained by reducing the commercially available compound (d-1) with lithium aluminum hydride.
- a compound (d-4) can be obtained by reacting a commercially available compound (d-3) with an appropriate protecting group such as THP and Bn.
- the compound (d-5) can be obtained by reacting the compounds (d-2) and (d-4) with p-toluenesulfonic acid which is an acid catalyst.
- the compound (e-2) can be obtained by reacting n-BuLi with a commercially available compound (e-1) as a starting material and then adding DMF.
- the compound (e-3) can be obtained by reacting the compounds (d-2) and (e-2) with p-toluenesulfonic acid which is an acid catalyst.
- the compound (f-2) can be obtained by acting an appropriate protecting group such as THP and Bn.
- the compound (f-3) can be obtained by reacting the compound (f-2) with n-BuLi and then adding trimethyl borate.
- the compound (f-5) can be obtained by brominating the compound (f-4) with a brominating agent such as N-bromosuccinimide.
- Compound (f-6) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling of compound (f-5) and compound (f-3).
- a compound (g-1) can be obtained by triflating the compound (f-6) of (6) as a starting material.
- Compound (g-2) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling of compound (g-1) and compound (f-3).
- compound (i-2) can be obtained by acting an appropriate protecting group such as THP and Bn. After reacting the compound (i-2) with n-BuLi, trimethyl borate is added to obtain the compound (i-3).
- the compound (i-4) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling the compound (i-3) and the compound (h-6).
- Compound (j-1) can be obtained by reacting n-BuLi with compound (f-5) as a starting material and then adding compound (h-4) in (8).
- the compound (j-2) can be obtained by subjecting the compound (j-1) to silane reduction.
- the compound (j-3) can be obtained by triflating the compound (j-2).
- the compound (J-4) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling the compound (j-3) and the compound (f-3).
- the compound (h-1) can be obtained by reacting the compound (h-5) as a starting material with n-BuLi and then adding the compound (h-1).
- the compound (k-2) can be obtained by subjecting the compound (k-1) to silane reduction.
- the compound (k-3) can be obtained by deprotecting the acetal group of the compound (k-2) with formic acid.
- the compound (k-4) can be obtained by adding the compound (k-3) into ethyl dimethylphosphonoacetate and t-BuOK.
- the compound (1-1) can be obtained by adding the compound (k-3) into (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride and t-BuOK.
- the compound (l-2) can be obtained by reacting the compound (l-1) with p-toluenesulfonic acid and methanol.
- the compound (l-3) can be obtained by adding formic acid to the compound (l-2) for deprotection.
- the compound (1-5) can be obtained by adding the compound (1-3) to the commercially available compound (1-4) and t-BuOK.
- Compound (1-6) can be obtained by reducing compound (1-5) with palladium hydroxide in a hydrogen atmosphere.
- the compound (1-7) can be obtained by deprotecting the acetal of the compound (1-6) with formic acid.
- the compound (1-8) can be obtained by reducing the compound (1-7) with sodium borohydride.
- the compound (m-2) can be obtained by adding diisobutylaluminum hydride and reducing the commercially available compound (m-1).
- the compound (m-3) can be obtained by reacting the compound (m-2) with an appropriate protecting group such as THP and Bn. After reacting the compound (m-3) with n-BuLi, trimethyl borate is added to obtain the compound (m-4).
- Compound (m-5) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling of compound (m-4) and compound (h-6).
- the compound (n-2) can be obtained by reacting a commercially available compound (n-1) with an appropriate protecting group such as THP and Bn.
- the compound (n-3) can be obtained by adding the compound (n-2) to the commercially available compound (1-4) and t-BuOK.
- the compound (n-4) can be obtained by reducing the compound (n-3) with palladium hydroxide in a hydrogen atmosphere.
- the compound (n-5) can be obtained by deprotecting the acetal of the compound (1-6) with formic acid.
- the compound (n-6) can be obtained by reducing the compound (n-5) with sodium borohydride.
- Compound (n-7) can be obtained by reacting compound (n-6) with a suitable protecting group such as THP and Bn.
- the compound (n-8) can be obtained by deprotecting the compound (n-7).
- the compound (n-9) can be obtained by triflating the compound (n-8). After reacting compound (n-9) with n-BuLi, trimethyl borate is added to obtain compound (n-10).
- the compound (n-11) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling the compound (n-10) and the compound (h-6).
- the other side chain can be deprotected, and then Sp or P can be introduced by etherification or esterification to obtain the compound (73).
- the compound (1B) in which P is a group represented by the formula (1b-4) or the formula (1b-5) is obtained by subjecting the compound (73) to an esterification reaction in the presence of the compound (74), DCC and DMAP.
- the compound (1B) can be derived by carrying out.
- Liquid crystal composition 3-1 Component Compound
- the liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains the compound (1) as the component A.
- the compound (1) can control the alignment of liquid crystal molecules by the non-covalent interaction with the substrate of the device.
- This composition preferably contains the compound (1) as the component A, and further contains at least one liquid crystal compound selected from the following components B, C, D and E.
- Ingredient B is compounds (2) to (4).
- Component C is compounds (5) to (7) other than compounds (2) to (4).
- Ingredient D is compound (8).
- Ingredient E is compounds (11) to (19). This composition may contain other liquid crystal compounds different from the compounds (2) to (8) and (11) to (19).
- a composition with properly selected components has a high maximum temperature, a low minimum temperature, a low viscosity, an appropriate optical anisotropy (that is, large optical anisotropy or small optical anisotropy), and a large positive or negative dielectric constant. It has anisotropy, large resistivity, stability to heat or ultraviolet light, and a suitable elastic constant (ie, large elastic constant or small elastic constant).
- Compound (1) is added to the composition for the purpose of controlling the alignment of liquid crystal molecules.
- the preferable ratio of the compound (1) to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition is 0.05% by weight or more from the viewpoint that liquid crystal molecules can be easily aligned, etc., and it is possible to further prevent defective display of the device. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably 10% by weight or less.
- a more desirable ratio is in the range of 0.1 wt% to 7 wt %, a more desirable ratio is in the range of 0.4 wt% to 5 wt %, and a particularly desirable ratio is in the range of 0.5 wt% to 5 wt %. It is in the range of% by weight. These ratios also apply to compositions containing compound (20).
- Component B is a compound in which the two end groups are alkyl and the like.
- the component B has a small dielectric anisotropy.
- Preferred examples of the component B include compounds (2-1) to (2-11), compounds (3-1) to (3-19), and compounds (4-1) to (4-7). it can.
- R 11 and R 12 are independently alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, wherein at least one —CH 2 — is —O— May be replaced with and at least one hydrogen may be replaced with fluorine.
- Component B has a small absolute value of dielectric anisotropy, so it is a compound close to neutrality.
- the compound (2) is mainly effective in decreasing the viscosity or adjusting the optical anisotropy.
- the compounds (3) and (4) are effective in increasing the temperature range of the nematic phase by increasing the maximum temperature or in adjusting the optical anisotropy.
- the content of component B is preferably large.
- the content of the component B is preferably 30% by weight or more, more preferably 40% by weight or more based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition, and the upper limit thereof is not particularly limited, but is 99.95% by weight, for example.
- Component C is a compound having a fluorine, chlorine or fluorine-containing group at at least one end.
- the component C has a positively large dielectric anisotropy.
- Preferred examples of the component C include compounds (5-1) to (5-16), compounds (6-1) to (6-116), and compounds (7-1) to (7-59). ..
- R 13 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and in the alkyl and alkenyl, at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—.
- At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine;
- X 11 is fluorine, chlorine, —OCF 3 , —OCHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CHF 2 , —CH 2 F, —OCF 2 CHF 2 , or -OCF 2 CHFCF 3 .
- Component C has a positive dielectric anisotropy and has very good stability against heat, light and the like, and therefore is preferably used when preparing a composition for modes such as IPS, FFS and OCB. ..
- the content of the component C relative to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition is suitably in the range of 1% by weight to 99% by weight, preferably 10% by weight to 97% by weight, more preferably 40% by weight to 95% by weight. The range is.
- the content of the component C is preferably 30% by weight or less based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition.
- the component D is a compound (8) in which one end group is —C ⁇ N or —C ⁇ C—C ⁇ N. Since the component D has a cyano group, it has a larger positive dielectric anisotropy. Preferred examples of the component D include compounds (8-1) to (8-64).
- R 14 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and in the alkyl and alkenyl, at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—. , At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine;
- X 12 is —C ⁇ N or —C ⁇ C—C ⁇ N.
- Component D has a positive dielectric anisotropy and has a large value, so it is mainly used when preparing a composition for modes such as TN. By adding this component D, the dielectric anisotropy of the composition can be increased.
- the component D is effective in extending the temperature range of the liquid crystal phase, adjusting the viscosity, or adjusting the optical anisotropy.
- Component D is also useful for adjusting the voltage-transmittance curve of the device.
- the content of the component D relative to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition is suitably in the range of 1% by weight to 99% by weight, preferably 10% by weight to 97% by weight, more preferably 40% by weight to 95% by weight. The range is.
- the content of the component D is preferably 30% by weight or less based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition.
- Ingredient E is compounds (11) to (19).
- the component E has a large negative dielectric anisotropy. These compounds have phenylene substituted in the lateral position with two halogens (fluorine or chlorine), such as 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene.
- Preferred examples of the component E include compounds (11-1) to (11-9), compounds (12-1) to (12-19), compounds (13-1) and (13-2), compound (14- 1) to (14-3), compounds (15-1) to (15-3), compounds (16-1) to (16-11), compounds (17-1) to (17-3), compounds ( 18-1) to (18-3) and the compound (19-1) can be mentioned.
- R 15 , R 16 , and R 17 are independently alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, wherein at least one —CH 2 — May be replaced by —O—, in these groups at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine, and R 17 may be hydrogen or fluorine.
- Component E has a large negative dielectric anisotropy.
- Ingredient E is suitably used when preparing a composition for modes such as IPS, VA, PSA.
- the content of the component E is increased, the dielectric anisotropy of the composition increases negatively, but the viscosity increases. Therefore, it is preferable that the content is small as long as the required threshold voltage of the device is satisfied.
- the content of the component E is preferably 40% by weight or more with respect to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition in order to drive the voltage sufficiently.
- the compound (11) of the component E is a bicyclic compound, it has the effect of lowering the viscosity, adjusting the optical anisotropy, or increasing the dielectric anisotropy. Since the compounds (12) and (13) are tricyclic compounds and the compound (14) is a tetracyclic compound, they have the effects of increasing the maximum temperature, increasing the optical anisotropy, or increasing the dielectric anisotropy. is there. The compounds (15) to (19) have the effect of increasing the dielectric anisotropy.
- the content of the component E is preferably 40% by weight or more, and more preferably 50% by weight to 95% by weight, based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition.
- the content of the component E is preferably 30% by weight or less based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition.
- a liquid crystal composition satisfying at least one of properties such as specific resistance, high stability against ultraviolet rays, high stability against heat, and large elastic constant can be prepared.
- the liquid crystal composition is prepared by a known method. For example, there may be mentioned a method of mixing the above components and dissolving them by heating. Additives may be added to the composition depending on the application. Examples of additives include polymerizable compounds other than compound (1), polar compounds, polymerization initiators, polymerization inhibitors, optically active compounds, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, light stabilizers, heat stabilizers, dyes, and decolorizers. For example, a foaming agent. Such additives are well known to the person skilled in the art and are described in the literature.
- the polymerizable compound is added for the purpose of forming a polymer in the liquid crystal composition.
- a polymer can be produced by polymerizing the compound (1) by irradiating it with ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage between the electrodes. At this time, the compound (1) is immobilized in a state where its polar group interacts non-covalently with the surface of the glass (or metal oxide) substrate. As a result, the ability to control the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules is further improved and an appropriate pretilt angle is obtained, so that the response time is shortened.
- Preferred examples of the polymerizable compound are acrylate, methacrylate, vinyl compound, vinyloxy compound, propenyl ether, epoxy compound (oxirane, oxetane), and vinyl ketone. Further preferred examples are compounds with at least one acryloyloxy and compounds with at least one methacryloyloxy. Further preferred examples also include compounds having both acryloyloxy and methacryloyloxy.
- a particularly preferable example of the polymerizable compound is the compound (20).
- the compound (20) is a compound different from the compound (1).
- the compound (1) has a polar group.
- the compound (20) preferably has no polar group.
- ring F and ring I are independently cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, tetrahydropyran-2-yl, 1,3-dioxan-2-yl, pyrimidine- 2-yl or pyridin-2-yl, and in the ring F and ring I, at least one hydrogen is halogen, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or at least one hydrogen. May be replaced by an alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons which is replaced by halogen.
- Preferred ring F or ring I is cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, difluorophenyl, 1-naphthyl, or 2-naphthyl. More desirable ring F or ring I is cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, or phenyl. Particularly preferred ring F or ring I is phenyl.
- ring G is 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-1,2-diyl, naphthalene-1,3-diyl, naphthalene- 1,4-diyl, naphthalene-1,5-diyl, naphthalene-1,6-diyl, naphthalene-1,7-diyl, naphthalene-1,8-diyl, naphthalene-2,3-diyl, naphthalene-2, 6-diyl, naphthalene-2,7-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or Pyridine-2,5-diyl
- Preferred ring G is 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-1,2-diyl, naphthalene-1,3.
- ring G is 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, or 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene.
- Particularly preferred ring G is 1,4-phenylene or 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene.
- the most preferred ring G is 1,4-phenylene.
- Preferred Z 22 or Z 23 is a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —COO—, or —OCO—. More desirable Z 22 or Z 23 is a single bond.
- P 11 , P 12 , and P 13 are independently a polymerizable group.
- Preferred P 11 to P 13 are groups selected from the group of polymerizable groups represented by formula (P-1) to formula (P-5). More desirable P 11 to P 13 are groups represented by formula (P-1), formula (P-2), or formula (P-3). Particularly preferred P 11 to P 13 are groups represented by formula (P-1).
- the wavy lines in the formulas (P-1) to (P-5) indicate binding sites.
- M 11 , M 12 and M 13 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, or at least one hydrogen is replaced with halogen. And is an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons.
- Preferred M 11 , M 12 or M 13 is hydrogen or methyl for increasing the reactivity. More preferred M 11 is hydrogen or methyl, and more preferred M 12 or M 13 is hydrogen.
- Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 are independently a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, and in the Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, and at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — is —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C—. It may be replaced and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine.
- Preferred Sp 11 , Sp 12 or Sp 13 is a single bond.
- u is 0, 1, or 2.
- Preferred u is 0 or 1.
- f, g, and h are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, and the sum of f, g, and h is 1 or more.
- Preferred f, g, or h is 1 or 2.
- the preferred sum is 2, 3 or 4.
- a further preferred sum is 2 or 3.
- Preferred examples of the compound (20) are the compounds (20-1) to (20-7) and the following compounds (20-8) to (20-11) described in Item 15. More preferred examples are the following compounds (20-1-1) to (20-1-5), compounds (20-2-1) to (20-2-5), compound (20-4-1), A compound (20-5-1), a compound (20-6-1), and a compound (20-7-1).
- R 25 to R 31 are independently hydrogen or methyl
- v and x are independently 0 or 1
- t and u are independently integers from 1 to 10.
- t+v and x+u are each at most 10
- L 31 to L 36 are independently hydrogen or fluorine
- L 37 and L 38 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, or methyl.
- a polar compound can be mixed and used. Similar to the compound (1), the polar compound is added for the purpose of controlling the alignment of liquid crystal molecules by allowing the polar group to interact non-covalently with the substrate surface such as glass (or metal oxide). Like the compound (1), such a polar compound is chemically stable under the condition of being sealed in the device, has a high ability to align liquid crystal molecules, and has a voltage holding ratio when used in a liquid crystal display device. Is preferably high and the solubility in the liquid crystal composition is high. By mixing the polar compound, the orientation of the compound (1) and the voltage holding ratio can be further improved, an afterimage can be suppressed, and a stable pretilt angle can be formed.
- Preferred examples of the polar compound include compounds (21) to (24).
- R 50 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or R 2 having 2 to 12 carbons.
- R 51 is a group represented by —OH, —CH(CH 2 OH) 2 , —NH 2 , —OR 53 , —N(R 53 ) 2 , or —Si(R 53 ) 3 , and here, , R 53 is hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 7 carbons, and in this R 53 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one —CH 2 CH 2 —.
- R 52 is hydrogen, fluorine, or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, and in this R 52 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine or May be replaced by chlorine;
- R 54 is a group represented by —OH, —NH 2 , —OR 53 , —N(R 53 ) 2 , or —Si(R 53 ) 3 , where R 53 is hydrogen or the number of carbon atoms.
- Ring A 50 and ring B 50 are 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3 -Dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl, wherein in ring A 50 and ring B 50 , at least one hydrogen is fluorine, carbon number 1 to 12 alkyl, 1-12 alkoxy, or at least one hydrogen may be replaced by 1-12 alkyl in which fluorine is replaced; Z 50 represents a single bond, —CH
- Sp 51 , Sp 52 , Sp 53 and Sp 54 are a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and in this Sp 51 , Sp 52 , Sp 53 and Sp 54 , at least one —CH 2 — is — May be replaced by O—, —COO—, or —OCO—, at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced by —CH ⁇ CH—, and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine.
- a 50 is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; a 51 is 1 or 2; l is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 and at least one —CH 2 — of this alkylene is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or — OCOO—, at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced with —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C—, and in these groups at least one hydrogen is fluorine. May be replaced with.
- More preferable examples include the following compounds.
- the polymerizable compound in the composition can be rapidly polymerized by using a polymerization initiator such as a photoradical polymerization initiator.
- a polymerization initiator such as a photoradical polymerization initiator.
- the amount of the remaining polymerizable compound can be reduced by optimizing the reaction conditions during the polymerization.
- photo-radical polymerization initiators include TPO, 1173, and 4265 from Darocur series of BASF, and 184, 369, 500, 651, 784, 819, 907, 1300, 1700, 1800 from Irgacure series. 1850, and 2959.
- photo radical polymerization initiator examples include 4-methoxyphenyl-2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)triazine, 2-(4-butoxystyryl)-5-trichloromethyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 9-phenylacridine, 9,10-benzphenazine, benzophenone/Michler's ketone mixture, hexaarylbiimidazole/mercaptobenzimidazole mixture, 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, benzyl Dimethyl ketal, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2,4-diethylxanthone/methyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate mixture, benzophenone/methyltriethanolamine mixture Is.
- polymerization After adding a photo-radical polymerization initiator to the liquid crystal composition, polymerization can be performed by irradiating with ultraviolet rays while applying an electric field. However, the unreacted polymerization initiator or the decomposition product of the polymerization initiator may cause display failure such as image sticking on the device. In order to prevent this, photopolymerization may be carried out without adding a polymerization initiator.
- the preferable wavelength of the light for irradiation is in the range of 150 nm to 500 nm. More preferred wavelengths are in the range 250 nm to 450 nm, and most preferred wavelengths are in the range 300 nm to 400 nm.
- a polymerization inhibitor When storing a polymerizable compound, a polymerization inhibitor may be added to prevent polymerization.
- the polymerizable compound is usually added to the composition without removing the polymerization inhibitor.
- polymerization inhibitors are hydroquinone, hydroquinone derivatives such as methylhydroquinone, 4-t-butylcatechol, 4-methoxyphenol and phenothiazine.
- the optically active compound has an effect of preventing a reverse twist by inducing a helical structure in liquid crystal molecules and giving a necessary twist angle.
- the helical pitch can be adjusted by adding an optically active compound.
- Two or more optically active compounds may be added for the purpose of adjusting the temperature dependence of the helical pitch.
- Preferred examples of the optically active compound include the following compounds (Op-1) to (Op-18).
- ring J is 1,4-cyclohexylene or 1,4-phenylene
- R 28 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons. * Indicates an asymmetric carbon.
- the antioxidant is effective for maintaining a large voltage holding ratio.
- Preferred examples of the antioxidants include the following compounds (AO-1) and (AO-2); Irganox 415, Irganox 565, Irganox 1010, Irganox 1035, Irganox 3114, and Irganox 1098 (trade name; BASF Corporation).
- the ultraviolet absorber is effective for preventing the lowering of the maximum temperature.
- Preferred examples of the ultraviolet absorber are benzophenone derivatives, benzoate derivatives, triazole derivatives, and the like, and specific examples thereof include the following compounds (AO-3) and (AO-4); Examples include Tinuvin 328, and Tinuvin 99-2 (trade name; BASF Corporation); and 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO).
- Light stabilizers such as sterically hindered amines are preferred for maintaining a large voltage holding ratio.
- Preferred examples of the light stabilizer include the following compounds (AO-5), (AO-6), and (AO-7); Tinuvin 144, Tinuvin 765, and Tinuvin 770DF (trade name; BASF); LA-77Y and LA-. 77G (trade name; ADEKA Co.).
- a heat stabilizer is also effective for maintaining a large voltage holding ratio, and Irgafos 168 (trade name; BASF Corporation) can be mentioned as a preferable example.
- a dichroic dye such as an azo dye or anthraquinone dye is added to the composition in order to adapt to a GH (guest host) mode device.
- the antifoaming agent is effective for preventing foaming.
- Preferred examples of the defoaming agent are dimethyl silicone oil, methylphenyl silicone oil and the like.
- R 40 is alkyl having 1 to 20 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 20 carbons, —COOR 41 , or —CH 2 CH 2 COOR 41 , wherein R 41 is 1 To 20 alkyl.
- R 42 is alkyl having 1 to 20 carbons.
- R 43 is hydrogen, methyl or O.(oxygen radical); ring G 1 is 1,4-cyclohexylene or 1,4-phenylene; in compound (AO-7) , Ring G 2 is a group in which at least one hydrogen of 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, or 1,4-phenylene is replaced with fluorine; compounds (AO-5) and (AO-7) ), z is 1, 2, or 3.
- the liquid crystal composition has an operation mode such as PC, TN, STN, OCB, and PSA, and can be suitably used for a liquid crystal display device driven by an active matrix system.
- This composition has an operation mode such as PC, TN, STN, OCB, VA, and IPS, and can be suitably used for a liquid crystal display device driven by a passive matrix system.
- These elements can be applied to any of reflection type, transmission type, and semi-transmission type.
- This composition is also suitable for NCAP (nematic curvilinear aligned phase) devices, where the composition is microencapsulated.
- This composition can also be used for a polymer dispersed liquid crystal display device (PDLCD) and a polymer network liquid crystal display device (PNLCD).
- PDLCD polymer dispersed liquid crystal display device
- PLCD polymer network liquid crystal display device
- the ratio of the polymerizable compound is preferably 10% by weight or less, and more preferably 0.1% to 2% by weight, based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition. %, and a more preferable ratio is in the range of 0.2% by weight to 1.0% by weight.
- the PSA mode element can be driven by a driving method such as an active matrix method or a passive matrix method. Such an element can be applied to any of reflection type, transmission type, and semi-transmission type.
- the polymer contained in the composition orients the liquid crystal molecules.
- the polar compound helps the liquid crystal molecules to align. That is, the polar compound can be used instead of the alignment film.
- An example of a method of manufacturing such an element is as follows. An element having two substrates called an array substrate and a color filter substrate is prepared. This substrate has no alignment film. At least one of the substrates has an electrode layer. A liquid crystal composition is prepared by mixing liquid crystal compounds. The compound (1) and, if necessary, other polymerizable compound and polar compound are added to the composition. You may add an additive further as needed. This composition is injected into the device. Light irradiation is performed with a voltage applied to this element. UV light is preferred. The polymerizable compound is polymerized by irradiation with light. By this polymerization, a composition containing a polymer is produced, and a device having a PSA mode is produced.
- polar compounds are arranged on the substrate because the polar groups interact with the substrate surface.
- This polar compound aligns the liquid crystal molecules.
- the interaction with the surface of the substrate becomes stronger and the alignment can be performed at a low concentration.
- the alignment of liquid crystal molecules is further promoted by the action of the electric field.
- the polymerizable compound is also oriented according to this orientation. In this state, the polymerizable compound is polymerized by ultraviolet rays, so that a polymer maintaining this orientation is produced. The effect of this polymer additionally stabilizes the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules, thus shortening the response time of the device. Since image sticking is a malfunction of liquid crystal molecules, the effect of this polymer also improves the sticking.
- the compound (1) Since the compound (1) is polymerizable, it is consumed by the polymerization. The compound (1) is also consumed by copolymerizing with another polymerizable compound. Therefore, the compound (1) has a polar group but is consumed, so that a liquid crystal display device having a large voltage holding ratio can be obtained. If a polar compound having polymerizability is used, the effects of both the polar compound and the polymerisable compound can be achieved by a single compound, and thus the polymerizing compound having no polar group may be unnecessary. is there.
- the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples (including synthesis examples and use examples). The invention is not limited by these examples.
- the invention also includes mixtures prepared by mixing at least two of the composition of use examples.
- Example 1 Examples of Compound (1) Unless otherwise stated, reactions were carried out under nitrogen atmosphere. The compound (1) was synthesized by the procedure shown in Example 1 and the like. The synthesized compound was identified by a method such as NMR analysis. The characteristics of the compound (1), liquid crystal compound, composition and device were measured by the following methods.
- NMR analysis DRX-500 manufactured by Bruker BioSpin was used for the measurement.
- the sample was dissolved in a deuterated solvent such as CDCl 3 and the measurement was performed at room temperature under the conditions of 500 MHz and 16 times of integration.
- Tetramethylsilane was used as an internal standard.
- CFCl 3 was used as an internal standard, and the number of times of integration was 24.
- s means a singlet, d a doublet, t a triplet, q a quartet, quin a quintet, sext a sextet, m a multiplet and br a broad.
- a GC-2010 gas chromatograph manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used for the measurement.
- a capillary column DB-1 (length 60 m, inner diameter 0.25 mm, film thickness 0.25 ⁇ m) manufactured by Agilent Technologies Inc. was used.
- Helium (1 ml/min) was used as the carrier gas.
- the temperature of the sample vaporization chamber was set to 300°C, and the temperature of the detector (FID) part was set to 300°C.
- the sample was dissolved in acetone to prepare a 1% by weight solution, and 1 ⁇ l of the obtained solution was injected into the sample vaporization chamber.
- a GC Solution system manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used.
- HPLC analysis For measurement, Prominence (LC-20AD; SPD-20A) manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used.
- YMC-Pack ODS-A manufactured by YMC Co., Ltd. length 150 mm, inner diameter 4.6 mm, particle diameter 5 ⁇ m
- eluent acetonitrile and water were appropriately mixed and used.
- the detector a UV detector, an RI detector, a CORONA detector or the like was appropriately used. When a UV detector was used, the detection wavelength was 254 nm.
- the sample was dissolved in acetonitrile to prepare a 0.1% by weight solution, and 1 ⁇ L of this solution was introduced into the sample chamber.
- C-R7Aplus manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used.
- Ultraviolet-visible spectroscopic analysis PharmaSpec UV-1700 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used for the measurement. The detection wavelength was 190 nm to 700 nm. The sample was dissolved in acetonitrile to prepare a 0.01 mmol/L solution, which was placed in a quartz cell (optical path length 1 cm) for measurement.
- Measurement sample When measuring the phase structure and transition temperature (clearing point, melting point, polymerization initiation temperature, etc.), the compound itself was used as a sample.
- Measurement method The characteristics were measured by the following methods. Many of these are based on the method described in the JEITA standard (JEITA/ED-2521B), which is deliberated and enacted by the Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association (JEITA), or a method modified from this. there were. No thin film transistor (TFT) was attached to the TN device used for the measurement.
- phase Structure The sample was placed on a hot plate (FP-52 type hot stage manufactured by METTLER CORPORATION) of a melting point measuring device equipped with a polarization microscope. While heating this sample at a rate of 3° C./min, the phase state and its change were observed with a polarizing microscope to specify the type of phase.
- FP-52 type hot stage manufactured by METTLER CORPORATION
- Transition temperature (°C)
- a scanning calorimeter manufactured by Perkin Elmer, a Diamond DSC system or a high-sensitivity differential scanning calorimeter manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd., X-DSC7000 was used.
- the sample was heated and lowered at a rate of 3° C./min, and the starting point of the endothermic peak or exothermic peak accompanying the phase change of the sample was obtained by extrapolation to determine the transition temperature.
- the melting point of the compound and the polymerization initiation temperature were also measured using this device.
- the temperature at which a compound transitions from a solid state to a liquid crystal phase such as a smectic phase or a nematic phase may be abbreviated as "lower limit temperature of liquid crystal phase”.
- the temperature at which a compound transitions from a liquid crystal phase to a liquid is sometimes abbreviated as "clearing point”.
- the crystal was designated as C. When the types of crystals can be distinguished, they are represented as C 1 and C 2 .
- the smectic phase was represented by S and the nematic phase was represented by N.
- a smectic A phase, a smectic B phase, a smectic C phase, or a smectic F phase can be distinguished among the smectic phases, they are represented as S A , S B , S C , or S F , respectively.
- the liquid (isotropic) was designated as I.
- the transition temperature is expressed as, for example, “C 50.0 N 100.0 I”. This indicates that the transition temperature from the crystal to the nematic phase is 50.0°C and the transition temperature from the nematic phase to the liquid is 100.0°C.
- T C Minimum Temperature of a Nematic Phase
- Viscosity Bulk viscosity; ⁇ ; measured at 20°C; mPa ⁇ s
- An E-type rotational viscometer manufactured by Tokyo Keiki Co., Ltd. was used for the measurement.
- the measurement method of the characteristics may differ between the sample with positive dielectric anisotropy and the sample with negative dielectric anisotropy.
- the measurement method when the dielectric anisotropy is positive is described in items (8a) to (12a).
- Viscosity (rotary viscosity; ⁇ 1; measured at 25°C; mPa ⁇ s) Positive dielectric anisotropy: The measurement followed the method described in M. Imai et al., Molecular Crystals and Liquid Crystals, Vol. 259, 37 (1995). The sample was put in a TN device in which the twist angle was 0 degree and the distance (cell gap) between the two glass substrates was 5 ⁇ m. A voltage was applied to the device stepwise in the range of 16V to 19.5V at intervals of 0.5V. After 0.2 seconds of non-application, application was repeated under the conditions of only one rectangular wave (rectangular pulse; 0.2 seconds) and no application (2 seconds).
- the peak current and the peak time of the transient current generated by this application were measured. These measurements and M.
- the value of rotational viscosity was obtained from the paper of Imai et al., Formula (8) on page 40.
- the value of the dielectric anisotropy required for this calculation was determined by the method described below using the device whose rotational viscosity was measured.
- Viscosity Rotational viscosity; ⁇ 1; measured at 25°C; mPa ⁇ s
- Negative dielectric anisotropy The measurement followed the method described in M. Imai et al., Molecular Crystals and Liquid Crystals, Vol. 259, 37 (1995). The sample was put in a VA device in which the distance (cell gap) between the two glass substrates was 20 ⁇ m. A voltage was applied to the device stepwise in the range of 39 V to 50 V in steps of 1 V. After 0.2 seconds of non-application, application was repeated under the conditions of only one rectangular wave (rectangular pulse; 0.2 seconds) and no application (2 seconds). The peak current and the peak time of the transient current generated by this application were measured.
- Dielectric constants ( ⁇ and ⁇ ) were measured as follows. 1) Measurement of dielectric constant ( ⁇ ): A well-cleaned glass substrate was coated with a solution of octadecyltriethoxysilane (0.16 mL) in ethanol (20 mL). The glass substrate was rotated with a spinner and then heated at 150° C. for 1 hour. The sample was put in a VA device having a distance (cell gap) of 4 ⁇ m between two glass substrates, and the device was sealed with an adhesive that was cured by ultraviolet rays.
- a sine wave (0.5 V, 1 kHz) was applied to this device, and after 2 seconds, the dielectric constant ( ⁇ ) of the liquid crystal molecule in the major axis direction was measured.
- 2) Measurement of dielectric constant ( ⁇ ) A polyimide solution was applied to a well washed glass substrate. After firing this glass substrate, the obtained alignment film was rubbed. The sample was put in a TN device in which the distance (cell gap) between the two glass substrates was 9 ⁇ m and the twist angle was 80 degrees.
- a sine wave (0.5 V, 1 kHz) was applied to this device, and after 2 seconds, the dielectric constant ( ⁇ ) in the short axis direction of the liquid crystal molecule was measured.
- Threshold voltage (Vth; measured at 25°C; V) Positive dielectric anisotropy: LCD5100 luminance meter manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. was used for measurement.
- the light source was a halogen lamp.
- the sample was put in a normally white mode TN device in which the distance (cell gap) between the two glass substrates was 0.45/ ⁇ n ( ⁇ m) and the twist angle was 80 degrees.
- the voltage (32 Hz, rectangular wave) applied to this element was increased stepwise from 0 V to 10 V by 0.02 V.
- the device was irradiated with light from the vertical direction, and the amount of light transmitted through the device was measured.
- a voltage-transmittance curve in which the transmittance is 100% when the amount of light is maximum and the transmittance is 0% when the amount of light is minimum was created.
- the threshold voltage is represented by the voltage when the transmittance reaches 90%.
- the device was irradiated with light from the vertical direction, and the amount of light transmitted through the device was measured.
- a voltage-transmittance curve in which the transmittance is 100% when the amount of light is maximum and the transmittance is 0% when the amount of light is minimum was created.
- the threshold voltage is represented by the voltage when the transmittance becomes 10%.
- the rise time ( ⁇ r: rise time; millisecond) is the time required for the transmittance to change from 90% to 10%.
- the fall time ( ⁇ f: fall time; millisecond) is the time required to change the transmittance from 10% to 90%.
- the response time was represented by the sum of the rise time and fall time thus obtained.
- a voltage slightly exceeding the threshold voltage was applied to this device for 1 minute, and then a 23.5 mW/cm 2 ultraviolet ray was irradiated for 8 minutes while applying a voltage of 5.6V.
- a rectangular wave 60 Hz, 10 V, 0.5 seconds was applied to this device.
- the device was irradiated with light from the vertical direction, and the amount of light transmitted through the device was measured. It was considered that the transmittance was 100% when the amount of light was maximum, and the transmittance was 0% when the amount of light was minimum.
- the response time was expressed as the time required to change the transmittance from 90% to 10% (fall time; fall time; millisecond).
- the polymerizable compound was polymerized by irradiating with ultraviolet rays using F40T10/BL (peak wavelength 369 nm) manufactured by Eye Graphics Co., Ltd.
- the device was charged by applying a pulse voltage (60 microseconds at 1 V) at 60°C.
- the decaying voltage was measured with a high-speed voltmeter for 1.67 seconds, and the area A between the voltage curve and the horizontal axis in a unit cycle was obtained.
- Area B is the area when there is no attenuation.
- the voltage holding ratio was expressed as a percentage of the area A with respect to the area B.
- Pretilt angle stability Changes in the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display device were evaluated.
- the pretilt angle Pt angle (before) before stress application was measured, and after that, a rectangular wave of 7.0 V and 60 Hz was applied to the device for 24 hours, and then the pretilt angle Pt angle (after) after stress application was measured again. From these values, the change in pretilt angle ⁇ Pt angle (deg.) was calculated using the following formula.
- ⁇ Pt angle Pt angle (after)-Pt angle (before)
- Optipro manufactured by Shintech
- Raw material Solmix (registered trademark) A-11 is a mixture of ethanol (85.5%), methanol (13.4%) and isopropanol (IPA) (1.1%), and is available from Nippon Alcohol Sales Co., Ltd. obtained.
- compound (No. 1) (6.80 g; 66%) was obtained by a method similar to the method of synthesizing compound (No. 13).
- composition examples The compounds in the examples are represented by symbols based on the definitions in Table 2 below.
- Table 2 the configuration for 1,4-cyclohexylene is trans.
- the number in parentheses after the symbol corresponds to the compound number.
- the symbol ( ⁇ ) means other liquid crystal compound.
- the ratio (percentage) of the liquid crystal compound is a weight percentage (% by weight) based on the weight of the liquid crystal composition.
- Example 40 The compound of No. 1 as the compound (1) was added to the composition (M1) at a ratio of 1.0% by mass.
- the liquid crystal composition of the present invention to which this compound (1) was added was enclosed in a VA element of a glass substrate having no alignment film, and the vertical alignment of the composition on the substrate was confirmed. It was
- the liquid crystal composition of the present invention can control the alignment of liquid crystal molecules in an element having no alignment film.
- a liquid crystal display device containing this composition has characteristics such as a short response time, a large voltage holding ratio, a low threshold voltage, a large contrast ratio, and a long life, so that it can be used for a liquid crystal projector, a liquid crystal television and the like. ..
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal Substances (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本発明は、化合物、液晶組成物および液晶表示素子に関する。さらに詳しくは、複数のメタクリロイルオキシなどの重合性基を持ち、メソゲン構造に対し側方に置換基をもつ化合物、この化合物を含み、誘電率異方性が正または負の液晶組成物、およびこの組成物またはその一部の硬化物を含む液晶表示素子に関する。 The present invention relates to a compound, a liquid crystal composition and a liquid crystal display device. More specifically, a compound having a plurality of polymerizable groups such as methacryloyloxy and having a substituent lateral to the mesogenic structure, a liquid crystal composition containing this compound and having a positive or negative dielectric anisotropy, and The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device containing a composition or a cured product of a part thereof.
液晶表示素子を液晶分子の動作モードに基づいて分類すると、PC(phase change)、TN(twisted nematic)、STN(super twisted nematic)、ECB(electrically controlled birefringence)、OCB(optically compensated bend)、IPS(in-plane switching)、VA(vertical alignment)、FFS(fringe field switching)、FPA(field-induced photo-reactive alignment)などのモードに分類できる。また、素子の駆動方式に基づくと、PM(passive matrix)とAM(active matrix)に分類できる。PMは、スタティック(static)、マルチプレックス(multiplex)などに分類され、AMは、TFT(thin film transistor)、MIM(metal insulator metal)などに分類される。さらに、TFTは非晶質シリコン(amorphous silicon)および多結晶シリコン(polycrystal silicon)に分類できる。後者は製造工程によって高温型と低温型とに分類される。光源に基づいた分類すると、自然光を利用する反射型、バックライトを利用する透過型、そして自然光とバックライトの両方を利用する半透過型に分類できる。 When liquid crystal display elements are classified based on the operation mode of liquid crystal molecules, PC (phase change), TN (twisted nematic), STN (super twisted nematic), ECB (electrically controlled birefringence), OCB (optically compensated bend), IPS ( In-plane switching, VA (vertical alignment), FFS (fringe field switching), FPA (field-induced photo-reactive alignment) and other modes can be classified. Further, based on the driving method of the element, it can be classified into PM (passive matrix) and AM (active matrix). PM is classified into static, multiplex, etc., and AM is classified into TFT (thin film transistor), MIM (metal insulator metal), and the like. Furthermore, TFTs can be classified into amorphous silicon and polycrystal silicon. The latter is classified into a high temperature type and a low temperature type according to the manufacturing process. Classification based on a light source can be classified into a reflective type that uses natural light, a transmissive type that uses a backlight, and a transflective type that uses both natural light and a backlight.
ネマチック相を有する液晶組成物は、適切な特性を有する。この組成物の特性を向上させることによって、良好な特性を有するAM素子を得ることができる。前記組成物の特性とAM素子の特性との関連を下記の表1にまとめる。 A liquid crystal composition having a nematic phase has appropriate properties. By improving the properties of this composition, an AM device having good properties can be obtained. The relationship between the characteristics of the composition and the characteristics of the AM device is summarized in Table 1 below.
前記組成物の特性を市販されているAM素子に基づいてさらに説明する。ネマチック相の温度範囲(ネマチック相を呈する温度範囲)は、素子の使用できる温度範囲に関連する。ネマチック相の好ましい上限温度は約70℃以上であり、そしてネマチック相の好ましい下限温度は約-10℃以下である。
前記組成物の粘度は素子の応答時間に関連する。素子で動画を表示するためには短い応答時間が好ましい。1ミリ秒でもより短い応答時間が望ましい。したがって、前記組成物の粘度は低いことが好ましく、さらに、低温でも低いとより好ましい。
The characteristics of the composition will be further described based on a commercially available AM device. The temperature range of the nematic phase (the temperature range in which the nematic phase is exhibited) is related to the temperature range in which the device can be used. The preferred maximum temperature of the nematic phase is about 70° C. or higher, and the preferred minimum temperature of the nematic phase is about −10° C. or lower.
The viscosity of the composition is related to the response time of the device. A short response time is preferable for displaying a moving image on the device. Response times as short as 1 millisecond are desirable. Therefore, the viscosity of the composition is preferably low, and more preferably low even at low temperature.
前記組成物の光学異方性は、素子のコントラスト比に関連する。素子のモードに応じて、大きな光学異方性または小さな光学異方性、すなわち適切な光学異方性が必要である。組成物の光学異方性(Δn)と素子のセルギャップ(d)との積(Δn×d)は、コントラスト比を最大にするように設計される。適切な積の値は動作モードの種類に依存する。この値は、TNなどのモードの素子では約0.45μmである。この値は、VAモードの素子では約0.30μmから約0.40μmの範囲であり、IPSモードまたはFFSモードの素子では約0.20μmから約0.30μmの範囲である。これらの場合、小さなセルギャップの素子には大きな光学異方性を有する組成物が好ましい。
前記組成物における大きな誘電率異方性は、素子における低いしきい値電圧、小さな消費電力と大きなコントラスト比に寄与する。したがって、正または負に大きな誘電率異方性が好ましい。組成物における大きな比抵抗は、素子における大きな電圧保持率と大きなコントラスト比とに寄与する。したがって、初期段階において室温だけでなくネマチック相の上限温度に近い温度でも大きな比抵抗を有する組成物が好ましい。長時間使用した後、室温だけでなくネマチック相の上限温度に近い温度でも大きな比抵抗を有する組成物が好ましい。
紫外線および熱に対する組成物の安定性は、素子の寿命に関連する。この安定性が高いとき、素子の寿命は長い。このような特性は、液晶プロジェクター、液晶テレビなどに用いるAM素子に好ましい。
The optical anisotropy of the composition is related to the contrast ratio of the device. Depending on the mode of the device, large optical anisotropy or small optical anisotropy, that is, appropriate optical anisotropy is required. The product (Δn×d) of the optical anisotropy (Δn) of the composition and the cell gap (d) of the device is designed to maximize the contrast ratio. The appropriate product value depends on the mode of operation. This value is about 0.45 μm in a device having a mode such as TN. This value is in the range of about 0.30 μm to about 0.40 μm for the VA mode device and about 0.20 μm to about 0.30 μm for the IPS mode or FFS mode device. In these cases, a composition having a large optical anisotropy is preferable for a device having a small cell gap.
The large dielectric anisotropy in the composition contributes to a low threshold voltage, a small power consumption and a large contrast ratio in the device. Therefore, positive or negative large dielectric anisotropy is preferable. The large specific resistance in the composition contributes to a large voltage holding ratio and a large contrast ratio in the device. Therefore, in the initial stage, a composition having a large specific resistance at room temperature as well as at a temperature close to the maximum temperature of the nematic phase is preferable. A composition having a large specific resistance not only at room temperature but also at a temperature close to the maximum temperature of the nematic phase after being used for a long time is preferable.
The stability of the composition against UV and heat is related to the lifetime of the device. When this stability is high, the life of the device is long. Such characteristics are preferable for an AM element used in a liquid crystal projector, a liquid crystal television, or the like.
高分子支持配向(PSA;polymer sustained alignment)型の液晶表示素子では、重合体を含有する液晶組成物が用いられる。まず、少量の重合性化合物を添加した組成物を素子に注入する。ここでは、複数の重合性基を有する重合性化合物が一般的に使用される。次に、この素子を挟持する基板の間に電圧を印加しながら、組成物に紫外線を照射する。重合性化合物は重合して、組成物中に重合体の網目構造を生成する。この組成物を用いると、重合体によって液晶分子の配向を制御することが可能になるので、素子の応答時間が短縮され、画像の焼き付きが改善される。重合体のこのような効果は、TN、ECB、OCB、IPS、VA、FFS、FPAなどのモードを有する素子に期待できる。 In a polymer-sustained alignment (PSA) type liquid crystal display device, a liquid crystal composition containing a polymer is used. First, a composition containing a small amount of a polymerizable compound is injected into the device. Here, a polymerizable compound having a plurality of polymerizable groups is generally used. Next, the composition is irradiated with ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage between the substrates sandwiching this element. The polymerizable compound polymerizes to form a polymer network in the composition. When this composition is used, the orientation of liquid crystal molecules can be controlled by the polymer, so that the response time of the device is shortened and image sticking is improved. Such effects of the polymer can be expected in devices having modes such as TN, ECB, OCB, IPS, VA, FFS, and FPA.
汎用の液晶表示素子において、液晶分子の垂直配向は、ポリイミド配向膜によって達成される。一方、配向膜を有しない液晶表示素子として、極性化合物を液晶組成物に添加し、液晶分子を配向させるモードが提案されている。まず、少量の極性化合物および少量の重合性化合物を添加した組成物を素子に注入する。該重合性化合物としては、複数の重合性基を有する重合性化合物が一般的に使用される。ここで、極性化合物の作用によって液晶分子が配向される。次に、この素子を挟持する基板の間に電圧を印加しながら、組成物に紫外線を照射する。ここで、重合性化合物が重合し、液晶分子の配向を安定化させる。この組成物を用いると、極性化合物および重合体によって液晶分子の配向を制御することが可能になるので、素子の応答時間が短縮され、画像の焼き付きが改善される。さらに、配向膜を有しない素子では、配向膜を形成する工程が不要である。配向膜がないので、配向膜と組成物との相互作用によって、素子の電気抵抗が低下することはない。極性化合物と重合体の組合せによるこのような効果は、TN、ECB、OCB、IPS、VA、FFS、FPAなどのモードを有する素子に期待できる。 In a general-purpose liquid crystal display element, vertical alignment of liquid crystal molecules is achieved by a polyimide alignment film. On the other hand, as a liquid crystal display device having no alignment film, a mode has been proposed in which a polar compound is added to a liquid crystal composition to align liquid crystal molecules. First, a device containing a small amount of a polar compound and a small amount of a polymerizable compound is injected into the device. As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having a plurality of polymerizable groups is generally used. Here, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned by the action of the polar compound. Next, the composition is irradiated with ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage between the substrates sandwiching this element. Here, the polymerizable compound is polymerized to stabilize the alignment of liquid crystal molecules. By using this composition, it becomes possible to control the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules by the polar compound and the polymer, so that the response time of the device is shortened and the image sticking is improved. Further, in an element having no alignment film, the step of forming the alignment film is unnecessary. Since there is no alignment film, the electrical resistance of the device does not decrease due to the interaction between the alignment film and the composition. Such an effect of the combination of the polar compound and the polymer can be expected in a device having a mode such as TN, ECB, OCB, IPS, VA, FFS, and FPA.
これまでに、配向膜を有しない液晶表示素子において、極性化合物の作用と重合性化合物の作用を兼ね備えた化合物として、重合性を有する極性化合物が合成されてきた(例えば、特許文献1および2)。特許文献1には、複数の極性基と複数の重合性基を有する重合性化合物(S-1)が記載されている。
Heretofore, in a liquid crystal display device having no alignment film, a polar compound having polymerizability has been synthesized as a compound having both the action of a polar compound and the action of a polymerizable compound (for example, Patent Documents 1 and 2). .. Patent Document 1 describes a polymerizable compound (S-1) having a plurality of polar groups and a plurality of polymerizable groups.
本発明の第一の課題は、化学的に高い安定性、液晶分子を配向させる高い能力、紫外線照射による高い重合反応性、液晶表示素子に用いた場合の大きな電圧保持率、残像抑制、安定なプレチルト角の形成の少なくとも1つを有し、そして液晶組成物への高い溶解度を有する化合物を提供することである。第二の課題は、この化合物を含み、そしてネマチック相の高い上限温度、ネマチック相の低い下限温度、低粘度、適切な光学異方性、正または負に大きな誘電率異方性、大きな比抵抗、紫外線に対する高い安定性、熱に対する高い安定性、大きな弾性定数などの特性の少なくとも1つを充足する液晶組成物を提供することである。第三の課題は、素子を使用できる広い温度範囲、短い応答時間、高い透過率、大きな電圧保持率、低いしきい値電圧、大きなコントラスト比、長い寿命、良好な配向性などの特性の少なくとも1つを有する液晶表示素子を提供することである。 The first object of the present invention is to provide high chemical stability, high ability to align liquid crystal molecules, high polymerization reactivity by UV irradiation, large voltage holding ratio when used in a liquid crystal display device, suppression of afterimage, stable stability. It is to provide compounds having at least one of the formation of pretilt angles and having high solubility in liquid crystal compositions. The second problem includes this compound, and includes a high upper temperature limit of the nematic phase, a low lower limit temperature of the nematic phase, a low viscosity, a suitable optical anisotropy, a large positive or negative dielectric anisotropy, and a large specific resistance. And a liquid crystal composition satisfying at least one of properties such as high stability against ultraviolet rays, high stability against heat, and large elastic constant. The third problem is that at least one of characteristics such as a wide temperature range in which the device can be used, a short response time, a high transmittance, a large voltage holding ratio, a low threshold voltage, a large contrast ratio, a long lifetime, and a good orientation property. It is to provide a liquid crystal display device having two.
本発明は、式(1)で表される化合物、この化合物を含む液晶組成物、およびこの組成物および/またはこの組成物の少なくとも一部が重合した重合物を含む液晶表示素子に関する。
The present invention relates to a compound represented by formula (1), a liquid crystal composition containing the compound, and a liquid crystal display device containing the composition and/or a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least a part of the composition.
式(1)において、
R1、R2およびR3は独立して、水素、-Sp-P、または炭素数1から15のアルキルであり、このR1、R2およびR3において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-または-S-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく;
環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4は独立して、1,2-シクロプロピレン、1,3-シクロブチレン、1,3-シクロペンチレン、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘプチレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルであり、環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、塩素、炭素数1から10のアルキル、炭素数2から10のアルケニル、炭素数1から9のアルコキシ、炭素数2から9のアルケニルオキシ、または-Sp-Pで置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく、構造内に複数の環A1、環A2および環A3が存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、;
aおよびbは独立して、0、1、2、または3であり、cは1、2、3または4であり;
Z1、Z2およびZ3は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から6のアルキレンであり、このZ1、Z2およびZ3において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく、構造内に複数のZ1、Z2およびZ3が存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、;
-Sp-Pにおいて、Spは単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このSpにおいて、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく、構造内に複数のSpが存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく;
-Sp-Pにおいて、Pは、式(1b)~式(1h)のいずれかで表される基であり、構造内に複数のPが存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、ただし少なくとも一つのPは式(1b)中のR4が-CH2OCH3または-CH2OHである基であり;
式(1b)~式(1h)において、
M1、M2、M3およびM4は独立して、水素、ハロゲン、炭素数1から5のアルキル、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から5のアルキルであり;
R4、R5、R6、R7、R8およびR9は独立して、水素または炭素数1から15のアルキルであり、このR4、R5、R6、R7、R8およびR9において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-または-S-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はハロゲンで置き換えられてもよい。
In equation (1),
R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are independently hydrogen, —Sp—P, or alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and in this R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is , —O— or —S—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced with —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and at least one hydrogen is , May be replaced by fluorine or chlorine;
Ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are independently 1,2-cyclopropylene, 1,3-cyclobutylene, 1,3-cyclopentylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1 ,4-cycloheptylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2, 6-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl or pyridine-2,5-diyl, ring A 1 , ring A 2 , in ring A 3 and ring A 4 , at least one hydrogen is fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 9 carbons, or 2 to 9 carbons. Alkenyloxy, or -Sp-P, at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine, and a plurality of ring A 1 , ring A 2 and ring A 3 are present in the structure. Each may be different, if
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3 and c is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and in this Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, May be replaced by —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, where at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — is replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—. Or at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine, and when there are multiple Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 in the structure, each may be different;
In —Sp—P, Sp is a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and in this Sp, at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, Or —OCOO—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine or chlorine. Each may be different when there are multiple Sp in the structure;
In -Sp-P, P is a group represented by any one of formula (1b) to formula (1h), and when a plurality of P are present in the structure, each may be different, but at least One P is a group in which R 4 in formula (1b) is —CH 2 OCH 3 or —CH 2 OH;
In formulas (1b) to (1h),
M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are independently hydrogen, halogen, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons in which at least one hydrogen has been replaced by halogen;
R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are independently hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 8 In R 9 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O— or —S—, and at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — is —CH═CH— or —C≡C—. May be replaced by and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by halogen.
本発明の第一の長所は、化学的に高い安定性、液晶分子を配向させる高い能力、紫外線照射による高い重合反応性、液晶表示素子に用いた場合の大きな電圧保持率、残像抑制、安定なプレチルト角の形成の少なくとも1つを有し、そして液晶組成物への高い溶解度を有する化合物を提供することである。第二の長所は、この化合物を含み、そしてネマチック相の高い上限温度、ネマチック相の低い下限温度、低粘度、適切な光学異方性、正または負に大きな誘電率異方性、大きな比抵抗、紫外線に対する高い安定性、熱に対する高い安定性、大きな弾性定数などの特性の少なくとも1つを充足する液晶組成物を提供することである。第三の長所は、素子を使用できる広い温度範囲、短い応答時間、高い透過率、大きな電圧保持率、低いしきい値電圧、大きなコントラスト比、長い寿命、良好な配向性などの特性の少なくとも1つを有する液晶表示素子を提供することである。 The first advantage of the present invention is chemically high stability, high ability to align liquid crystal molecules, high polymerization reactivity by ultraviolet irradiation, large voltage holding ratio when used in a liquid crystal display device, suppression of afterimage, stable stability. It is to provide compounds having at least one of the formation of pretilt angles and having high solubility in liquid crystal compositions. The second advantage is that it contains this compound, and has a high maximum temperature of the nematic phase, a low minimum temperature of the nematic phase, a low viscosity, a suitable optical anisotropy, a large positive or negative dielectric anisotropy, a large specific resistance. And a liquid crystal composition satisfying at least one of properties such as high stability against ultraviolet rays, high stability against heat, and large elastic constant. The third advantage is that at least one of characteristics such as a wide temperature range in which the device can be used, a short response time, a high transmittance, a large voltage holding ratio, a low threshold voltage, a large contrast ratio, a long lifetime, and a good orientation property. It is to provide a liquid crystal display device having two.
この明細書における用語の使い方は、次のとおりである。「液晶性化合物」、「液晶組成物」、および「液晶表示素子」の用語をそれぞれ「化合物」、「組成物」、および「素子」と略すことがある。
「液晶性化合物」は、ネマチック相、スメクチック相などの液晶相を有する化合物、および液晶相を有しないが、上限温度、下限温度、粘度、誘電率異方性などの組成物の物性を調節する目的で添加する化合物の総称である。この化合物は、通常、1,4-シクロヘキシレンや1,4-フェニレンなどの六員環を有し、その分子構造は棒状(rod like)である。
「重合性化合物」は、組成物中に重合体を生成させる目的で添加する化合物である。アルケニルを有する液晶性化合物は、その意味では重合性化合物ではない。
「極性化合物」は、極性基が基板表面などと相互作用することによって液晶分子が配列するのを援助する。
「液晶表示素子」は液晶表示パネルおよび液晶表示モジュールなどの総称である。
The usage of terms in this specification is as follows. The terms "liquid crystal compound", "liquid crystal composition", and "liquid crystal display device" may be abbreviated as "compound", "composition", and "device", respectively.
The “liquid crystalline compound” is a compound having a liquid crystal phase such as a nematic phase or a smectic phase, and has no liquid crystal phase, but controls the physical properties of the composition such as the maximum temperature, the minimum temperature, the viscosity, and the dielectric anisotropy. It is a general term for compounds added for the purpose. This compound usually has a 6-membered ring such as 1,4-cyclohexylene and 1,4-phenylene, and its molecular structure is rod-like.
The “polymerizable compound” is a compound added for the purpose of forming a polymer in the composition. A liquid crystal compound having an alkenyl is not a polymerizable compound in that sense.
The “polar compound” assists the alignment of liquid crystal molecules by the interaction of polar groups with the surface of the substrate.
“Liquid crystal display element” is a generic term for liquid crystal display panels, liquid crystal display modules, and the like.
液晶組成物は、通常、複数の液晶性化合物を混合することによって調製される。この組成物には、物性をさらに調整する目的で、重合性化合物、重合開始剤、重合禁止剤、光学活性化合物、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤、熱安定剤、色素、および消泡剤などの添加物が必要に応じて添加される。液晶組成物中の液晶性化合物の割合(含有量)は、添加物を添加した場合であっても、添加物を含まない液晶組成物の重量に基づいた重量百分率(重量%)で表す。液晶組成物中の添加物の割合(添加量)は、添加物を含まない液晶組成物の重量に基づいた重量百分率(重量%)で表す。すなわち、液晶性化合物や添加物の割合は、液晶性化合物の全重量に基づいて算出される。重量百万分率(ppm)が用いられることもある。液晶組成物中の重合開始剤および重合禁止剤の割合は、例外的に重合性化合物の重量に基づいて表す。 The liquid crystal composition is usually prepared by mixing a plurality of liquid crystal compounds. This composition contains a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, an optically active compound, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, a heat stabilizer, a dye, and a depolymerizing agent for the purpose of further adjusting physical properties. Additives such as foaming agents are added as needed. The proportion (content) of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition is expressed as a percentage by weight (% by weight) based on the weight of the liquid crystal composition containing no additive even when the additive is added. The ratio (addition amount) of the additive in the liquid crystal composition is expressed as a weight percentage (% by weight) based on the weight of the liquid crystal composition containing no additive. That is, the ratio of the liquid crystal compound or the additive is calculated based on the total weight of the liquid crystal compound. Weight parts per million (ppm) may be used. The ratio of the polymerization initiator and the polymerization inhibitor in the liquid crystal composition is exceptionally expressed based on the weight of the polymerizable compound.
「透明点」は、液晶性化合物における液晶相-等方相の転移温度である。「液晶相の下限温度」は、液晶性化合物における固体-液晶相(スメクチック相、ネマチック相など)の転移温度である。「ネマチック相の上限温度」は、液晶性化合物と母液晶との混合物または液晶組成物におけるネマチック相-等方相の転移温度であり、「上限温度」と略すことがある。「ネマチック相の下限温度」を「下限温度」と略すことがある。「誘電率異方性を上げる」や「大きな誘電率異方性」との表現は、その値の絶対値が増加するまたは大きいことを意味する。「電圧保持率が大きい」とは、素子が初期段階において室温だけでなく上限温度に近い温度でも大きな電圧保持率を有し、そして素子を長時間使用した後においても、室温だけでなく上限温度に近い温度でも大きな電圧保持率を有することを意味する。組成物や素子では、経時変化試験(加速劣化試験を含む)の前後で特性が検討されることがある。「液晶組成物への溶解度が高い」との表現は、常温での液晶性化合物を含む組成物のいずれにも対しても溶解度が高いことを意味するが、該組成物として、下記実施例で溶解性を評価するのに用いた組成物を規準とすることができる。 “Clearing point” is the transition temperature between the liquid crystal phase and the isotropic phase in a liquid crystal compound. The "minimum temperature of the liquid crystal phase" is the transition temperature of the solid-liquid crystal phase (smectic phase, nematic phase, etc.) in the liquid crystal compound. The "maximum temperature of the nematic phase" is a transition temperature of a nematic phase-isotropic phase in a mixture of a liquid crystal compound and a mother liquid crystal or a liquid crystal composition, and may be abbreviated as "maximum temperature". The "minimum temperature of the nematic phase" may be abbreviated as "minimum temperature". The expressions “increase dielectric anisotropy” and “large dielectric anisotropy” mean that the absolute value of the value increases or increases. “High voltage holding ratio” means that the device has a large voltage holding ratio not only at room temperature in the initial stage but also at a temperature close to the upper limit temperature, and even after using the device for a long time, not only at room temperature but also at the upper limit temperature. It means having a large voltage holding ratio even at a temperature close to. The characteristics of the composition or device may be examined before and after the aging test (including the accelerated deterioration test). The expression “highly soluble in a liquid crystal composition” means that it has a high solubility in any of the compositions containing a liquid crystalline compound at room temperature. The composition used to evaluate the solubility can be the standard.
式(1)で表される化合物を「化合物(1)」と略すことがある。化合物(1)は、式(1)で表される1つの化合物、2つの化合物の混合物、または3つ以上の化合物の混合物を意味する。このルールは、式(2)で表される化合物の群から選択される少なくとも1つの化合物などにも適用される。
六角形で囲んだA1、B1、C1などの記号はそれぞれ環A1、環B1、環C1などに対応する。六角形は、シクロヘキサン環やベンゼン環などの六員環またはナフタレン環などの縮合環を表す。この六角形の一辺を横切る直線は、環上の任意の水素が-Sp1-P1などの基で置き換えられてもよいことを表す。
f、g、hなどの添え字は、置き換えられた基の数を示す。添え字が0のとき、そのような置き換えはない。
「環Aおよび環Cは独立して、X、Y、またはZである」との表現では、主語が複数であるから、「独立して」を用いる。主語が「環Aは」であるときは、主語が単数であるから「独立して」を用いない。
The compound represented by the formula (1) may be abbreviated as “compound (1)”. The compound (1) means one compound represented by the formula (1), a mixture of two compounds, or a mixture of three or more compounds. This rule also applies to at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (2).
Symbols such as A 1 , B 1 and C 1 surrounded by hexagons correspond to ring A 1 , ring B 1 and ring C 1 , respectively. The hexagon represents a 6-membered ring such as a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring or a condensed ring such as a naphthalene ring. A straight line across one side of this hexagon represents that any hydrogen on the ring may be replaced with a group such as -Sp 1 -P 1 .
Subscripts such as f, g, and h indicate the number of replaced groups. When the subscript is 0, there is no such replacement.
In the expression "ring A and ring C are independently X, Y, or Z,""independently" is used because the subject is plural. When the subject is "ring A is", "independently" is not used because the subject is singular.
化合物の化学式において、末端基R11の記号を複数の化合物に用いているが、これらの化合物におけるR11が表す基はそれぞれ同一であってもよく、または異なってもよい。例えば、化合物(2)のR11がエチルである場合、化合物(3)のR11はエチルであってもよく、プロピルなどの他の基であってもよい。このルールは、他の記号にも適用される。化合物(8)において、iが2のとき、2つの環D1が存在する。この化合物において2つの環D1が表す2つの基は、同一であってもよく、または異なってもよい。iが2より大きいとき、任意の2つの環D1にも適用される。このルールは、他の記号にも適用される。 In the chemical formulas of compounds, the symbol of the terminal group R 11 is used for a plurality of compounds, and the groups represented by R 11 in these compounds may be the same or different. For example, when R 11 of Compound (2) is ethyl, R 11 of compound (3) may be ethyl, it may be other groups, such as propyl. This rule also applies to other symbols. In compound (8), when i is 2, two rings D 1 are present. The two groups represented by the two rings D 1 in this compound may be the same or different. When i is greater than 2, it also applies to any two rings D 1 . This rule also applies to other symbols.
「少なくとも1つの‘A’」との表現は、‘A’の数は任意であることを意味する。「少なくとも1つの‘A’は、‘B’で置き換えられてもよい」との表現は、‘B’で置き換えられない‘A’そのものの場合、1つの‘A’が‘B’で置き換えられた場合、2つ以上の‘A’が‘B’で置き換えられた場合を含み、これらにおいて、‘B’で置き換えられる‘A’の位置は任意である。置換位置が任意であるとのルールは、「少なくとも1つの‘A’が、‘B’で置き換えられた」との表現にも適用される。「少なくとも1つのAが、B、C、またはDで置き換えられてもよい」という表現は、Aが置換されない場合、少なくとも1つのAがBで置き換えられた場合、少なくとも1つのAがCで置き換えられた場合、および少なくとも1つのAがDで置き換えられた場合、さらに複数のAがB、C、Dの少なくとも2つで置き換えられた場合を含むことを意味する。例えば、少なくとも1つの-CH2-(または、-CH2CH2-)が-O-(または、-CH=CH-)で置き換えられてもよいアルキルには、アルキル、アルケニル、アルコキシ、アルコキシアルキル、アルコキシアルケニル、アルケニルオキシアルキルが含まれる。なお、連続する2つの-CH2-が-O-で置き換えられて、-O-O-のようになることは好ましくない。アルキルなどにおいて、メチル部分(-CH2-H)の-CH2-が-O-で置き換えられて-O-Hになることも好ましくない。 The expression "at least one'A'" means that the number of'A's is arbitrary. The expression "at least one'A' may be replaced by'B'" means that if'A' itself is not replaced by'B', then one'A' is replaced by'B'. In this case, two or more'A's are replaced with'B', and in these, the position of'A' replaced with'B' is arbitrary. The rule that the substitution position is arbitrary also applies to the expression "at least one'A' is replaced by'B'". The expression "at least one A may be replaced by B, C, or D" means that when A is not replaced, when at least one A is replaced by B, at least one A is replaced by C. And the case where at least one A is replaced by D, and the case where a plurality of A are replaced by at least two of B, C, and D are included. For example, alkyl in which at least one —CH 2 — (or —CH 2 CH 2 —) may be replaced by —O— (or —CH═CH—) includes alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl. , Alkoxyalkenyl, and alkenyloxyalkyl. In addition, it is not preferable that two consecutive —CH 2 — be replaced with —O— to form —O—O—. In alkyl and the like, it is not preferable that —CH 2 — of the methyl moiety (—CH 2 —H) is replaced with —O— to give —O—H.
「R11およびR12は独立して、炭素数1から10のアルキルまたは炭素数2から10のアルケニルであり、このアルキルおよびアルケニルにおいて、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は-O-で置き換えられてもよく、これらの基において、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよい」との表現が使われることがある。この表現において、「これらの基において」は、文言どおりに解釈してよい。この表現では、「これらの基」は、アルキル、アルケニル、アルコキシ、アルケニルオキシなどを意味する。すなわち、「これらの基」は、「これらの基において」の用語よりも前に記載された基の総てを表す。この常識的な解釈は、他の用語にも適用される。 “R 11 and R 12 are independently alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, in which at least one —CH 2 — is replaced with —O— Of course, in these groups, at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine". In this phrase, "in these groups" may be interpreted literally. In this expression, "these groups" means alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkenyloxy and the like. That is, "these groups" refers to all of the groups listed before the term "in these groups". This common sense interpretation applies to other terms as well.
ハロゲンは、フッ素、塩素、臭素、またはヨウ素を意味する。好ましいハロゲンは、フッ素または塩素である。さらに好ましいハロゲンはフッ素である。液晶性化合物において、アルキルは、直鎖状または分岐状であり、環状アルキルを含まない。直鎖状アルキルは、一般的に分岐状アルキルよりも好ましい。これらのことは、アルコキシ、アルケニルなどの末端基についても同様である。1,4-シクロヘキシレンに関する立体配置は、ネマチック相の上限温度を上げるために、シスよりもトランスが好ましい。2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレンは、下記の2つの二価基を意味する。化学式において、フッ素は左向き(L)であってもよいし、右向き(R)であってもよい。このルールは、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイルなどの、環から水素を2つ除くことによって生成した左右非対称な二価基にも適用される。 Halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. The preferred halogen is fluorine or chlorine. A more preferred halogen is fluorine. In the liquid crystal compound, alkyl is linear or branched and does not include cyclic alkyl. Straight chain alkyls are generally preferred over branched alkyls. The same applies to terminal groups such as alkoxy and alkenyl. Regarding the configuration of 1,4-cyclohexylene, trans is preferable to cis for increasing the maximum temperature of the nematic phase. 2-Fluoro-1,4-phenylene means the following two divalent groups. In the chemical formula, fluorine may be leftward (L) or rightward (R). This rule also applies to asymmetric bivalent groups formed by removing two hydrogens from a ring, such as tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl.
本発明は、下記の項などを包含する。 The present invention includes the following items.
[1] 式(1)で表される化合物。
式(1)において、
R1、R2およびR3は独立して、水素、-Sp-P、または炭素数1から15のアルキルであり、このR1、R2およびR3において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-または-S-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく;
環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4は独立して、1,2-シクロプロピレン、1,3-シクロブチレン、1,3-シクロペンチレン、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘプチレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルであり、環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、塩素、炭素数1から10のアルキル、炭素数2から10のアルケニル、炭素数1から9のアルコキシ、炭素数2から9のアルケニルオキシ、または-Sp-Pで置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく、構造内に複数の環A1、環A2および環A3が存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、;
aおよびbは独立して、0、1、2、または3であり、cは1、2、3または4であり;
Z1、Z2およびZ3は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から6のアルキレンであり、このZ1、Z2およびZ3において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく、構造内に複数のZ1、Z2およびZ3が存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、;
-Sp-Pにおいて、Spは単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このSpにおいて、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく、構造内に複数のSpが存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく;
-Sp-Pにおいて、Pは、式(1b)~式(1h)のいずれかで表される基であり、構造内に複数のPが存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、ただし少なくとも一つのPは式(1b)中のR4が-CH2OCH3または-CH2OHである基であり;
式(1b)~式(1h)において、
M1、M2、M3およびM4は独立して、水素、ハロゲン、炭素数1から5のアルキル、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から5のアルキルであり;
R4、R5、R6、R7、R8およびR9は独立して、水素または炭素数1から15のアルキルであり、このR4、R5、R6、R7、R8およびR9において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-または-S-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はハロゲンで置き換えられてもよい。
[1] A compound represented by the formula (1).
In equation (1),
R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are independently hydrogen, —Sp—P, or alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and in this R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is , —O— or —S—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced with —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and at least one hydrogen is , May be replaced by fluorine or chlorine;
Ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are independently 1,2-cyclopropylene, 1,3-cyclobutylene, 1,3-cyclopentylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1 ,4-cycloheptylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2, 6-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl or pyridine-2,5-diyl, ring A 1 , ring A 2 , in ring A 3 and ring A 4 , at least one hydrogen is fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 9 carbons, or 2 to 9 carbons. Alkenyloxy, or -Sp-P, at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine, and a plurality of ring A 1 , ring A 2 and ring A 3 are present in the structure. Each may be different, if
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3 and c is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and in this Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, May be replaced by —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, where at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — is replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—. Or at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine, and when there are multiple Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 in the structure, each may be different;
In —Sp—P, Sp is a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and in this Sp, at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, Or —OCOO—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine or chlorine. Each may be different when there are multiple Sp in the structure;
In -Sp-P, P is a group represented by any one of formula (1b) to formula (1h), and when a plurality of P are present in the structure, each may be different, but at least One P is a group in which R 4 in formula (1b) is —CH 2 OCH 3 or —CH 2 OH;
In formulas (1b) to (1h),
M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are independently hydrogen, halogen, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons in which at least one hydrogen has been replaced by halogen;
R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are independently hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 8 In R 9 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O— or —S—, and at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — is —CH═CH— or —C≡C—. May be replaced by and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by halogen.
[2] 式(1)において、
Z1、Z2およびZ3が独立して、単結合、-(CH2)2-、-(CH2)4-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、または-CF=CF-である、[1]に記載の化合物。
[2] In formula (1),
Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are independently a single bond, —(CH 2 ) 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —COO—, —OCO. -, - CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCH 2 -, or -CF = CF-, compounds described in [1].
[3] 式(1)において、
環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4が独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルであり、環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、塩素、炭素数1から10のアルキル、炭素数2から10のアルケニル、炭素数1から9のアルコキシ、または炭素数2から9のアルケニルオキシで置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよい、[1]または[2]に記載の化合物。
[3] In formula (1),
Ring A 1 , Ring A 2 , Ring A 3 and Ring A 4 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, tetrahydro Pyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl, wherein ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 And in ring A 4 , at least one hydrogen is fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 9 carbons, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 9 carbons. The compound according to [1] or [2], which may be replaced, and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine.
[4] 式(1)において、
R1およびR2が-Sp-Pであり、R3が炭素数1から15のアルキル、水素または-Sp-Pである、[1]から[3]のいずれか1項に記載の化合物。
[4] In formula (1),
The compound according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein R 1 and R 2 are -Sp-P, and R 3 is alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, hydrogen or -Sp-P.
[5] 式(1)において、
Pが式(1b-1)、(1b-2)、(1b-3)、(1b-4)、式(1b-5)、(1c-1)、(1d-1)、(1d-2)または(1e-1)で表される基であり、構造内に複数のPが存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、ただし少なくとも一つのPは式(1b-4)または(1b-5)である[1]から[4]のいずれか1項に記載の化合物。
[5] In formula (1),
P is the formula (1b-1), (1b-2), (1b-3), (1b-4), formula (1b-5), (1c-1), (1d-1), (1d-2) ) Or (1e-1), and when a plurality of Ps are present in the structure, each may be different, provided that at least one P is represented by the formula (1b-4) or (1b- The compound according to any one of [1] to [4] which is 5).
[6] 式(1)において、
aおよびbが独立して0、1または2であり、ただしa+bは3以下であり、cが1、2または3であり、環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4が独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレンまたは1,4-フェニレンあり、Z1、Z2およびZ3が単結合である、[1]から[5]のいずれか1項に記載の化合物。
[6] In formula (1),
a and b are independently 0, 1 or 2, provided that a+b is 3 or less, c is 1, 2 or 3, and ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are independent. The compound according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein 1,4-cyclohexylene or 1,4-phenylene is present, and Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are single bonds.
[7] 式(1-1)から式(1-10)のいずれか1つで表される、[1]から[6]のいずれか1項に記載の化合物。
式(1-1)から式(1-10)において、R3は、炭素数1から10のアルキル、水素または-Sp3-P3であり、環A1、環A2、環A3、環A4および環A5は独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-フェニレン、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイルであり、環A1、環A2、環A3、環A4および環A5において、
少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、塩素、炭素数1から5のアルキル、炭素数2から5のアルケニル、炭素数1から5のアルコキシ、または炭素数2から5のアルケニルオキシで置き換えられてもよく、構造内に複数の環A1が存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、Sp1、Sp2およびSp3は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このSp1、Sp2およびSp3において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、 P1、P2およびP3は独立して、式(1b-1)、(1b-2)、(1b-3)、(1b-4)、式(1b-5)、(1c-1)、(1d-1)、(1d-2)または(1e-1)で表される基であり、構造内に複数のPが存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、ただし少なくとも一つのPは式(1b-4)または(1b-5)である。
[7] The compound according to any one of [1] to [6], which is represented by any one of formula (1-1) to formula (1-10).
In formulas (1-1) to (1-10), R 3 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, hydrogen or —Sp 3 —P 3 , and ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 , Ring A 4 and ring A 5 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, and ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 , In ring A 4 and ring A 5 ,
At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 5 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 5 carbons, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 5 carbons, When a plurality of rings A 1 are present in the structure, each may be different, and Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 are independently a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, and Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced with —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, and at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and P 1 , P 2 and P 3 are independently of the formulas (1b-1), (1b-2), A group represented by formula (1b-3), (1b-4), formula (1b-5), (1c-1), (1d-1), (1d-2) or (1e-1), If more than one P is present in the structure, each may be different, provided that at least one P is of formula (1b-4) or (1b-5).
[8] 式(1-11)から式(1-32)のいずれか1つで表される、[1]から[7]のいずれか1項に記載の化合物。
式(1-11)から式(1-32)において、R3は、炭素数1から10のアルキル、水素または-Sp3-P3であり、Sp1、Sp2およびSp3は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このSp1、Sp2およびSp3において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-COO-、または-OCO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、 P1、P2およびP3は独立して、式(1b-1)、(1b-2)、(1b-3)、(1b-4)、式(1b-5)、(1c-1)、(1d-1)、(1d-2)または(1e-1)で表される基であり、構造内に複数のPが存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、ただし少なくとも一つのPは式(1b-4)または(1b-5)である。
[8] The compound according to any one of [1] to [7], which is represented by any one of formula (1-11) to formula (1-32).
In formulas (1-11) to (1-32), R 3 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, hydrogen or —Sp 3 —P 3 , and Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 are independently , A single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, wherein in Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is replaced with —O—, —COO—, or —OCO— Alternatively, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and P 1 , P 2 and P 3 are independently of the formula (1b- 1), (1b-2), (1b-3), (1b-4), formula (1b-5), (1c-1), (1d-1), (1d-2) or (1e-1) When a plurality of Ps are present in the structure, each of them may be different, provided that at least one P is the formula (1b-4) or (1b-5).
[9] [1]から[8]のいずれか1項に記載の化合物の少なくとも1つを含有する液晶組成物。 [9] A liquid crystal composition containing at least one of the compounds according to any one of [1] to [8].
[10] 式(2)から(4)で表される化合物の群から選択された少なくとも1つの化合物を含有する、[9]に記載の液晶組成物。
式(2)から(4)において、
R11およびR12は独立して、炭素数1から10のアルキルまたは炭素数2から10のアルケニルであり、このR11およびR12において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよく;
環B1、環B2、環B3、および環B4は独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-フェニレン、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン、2,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン、またはピリミジン-2,5-ジイルであり;
Z11、Z12、およびZ13は独立して、単結合、-COO-、-CH2CH2-、-CH=CH-、または-C≡C-である。
[10] The liquid crystal composition according to [9], which contains at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (2) to (4).
In equations (2) to (4),
R 11 and R 12 are independently alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and in this R 11 and R 12 , at least one —CH 2 — is replaced with —O— And at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine;
Ring B 1 , Ring B 2 , Ring B 3 , and Ring B 4 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2,5-difluoro- 1,4-phenylene or pyrimidine-2,5-diyl;
Z 11 , Z 12 and Z 13 are independently a single bond, —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH═CH—, or —C≡C—.
[11] 式(5)から(7)で表される化合物の群から選択された少なくとも1つの化合物を含有する、[9]または[10]に記載の液晶組成物。
式(5)から(7)において、
R13は炭素数1から10のアルキルまたは炭素数2から10のアルケニルであり、このR13において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよく;
X11は、フッ素、塩素、-OCF3、-OCHF2、-CF3、-CHF2、-CH2F、-OCF2CHF2、または-OCF2CHFCF3であり;
環C1、環C2、および環C3は独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-フェニレン、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、または少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた1,4-フェニレンであり;
Z14、Z15、およびZ16は独立して、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2CH2-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、または-(CH2)4-であり;
L11およびL12は独立して、水素またはフッ素である。
[11] The liquid crystal composition according to [9] or [10], containing at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (5) to (7).
In equations (5) to (7),
R 13 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and in this R 13 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine. May be replaced with;
X 11 is fluorine, chlorine, —OCF 3 , —OCHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CHF 2 , —CH 2 F, —OCF 2 CHF 2 , or —OCF 2 CHFCF 3 ;
Ring C 1 , Ring C 2 , and Ring C 3 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl. , Pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or 1,4-phenylene having at least one hydrogen replaced by fluorine;
Z 14 , Z 15 and Z 16 are independently a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, or —(CH 2 ) 4 —;
L 11 and L 12 are independently hydrogen or fluorine.
[12] 式(8)で表される化合物の群から選択された少なくとも1つの化合物を含有する、[9]から[11]のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物。
式(8)において、
R14は炭素数1から10のアルキルまたは炭素数2から10のアルケニルであり、このR14において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよく;
X12は-C≡Nまたは-C≡C-C≡Nであり;
環D1は、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-フェニレン、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、または少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた1,4-フェニレンであり;
Z17は、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2CH2-、または-C≡C-であり;
L13およびL14は独立して、水素またはフッ素であり;
iは、1、2、3、または4である。
[12] The liquid crystal composition according to any one of [9] to [11], containing at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (8).
In equation (8),
R 14 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and in this R 14 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine. May be replaced with;
X 12 is —C≡N or —C≡C—C≡N;
Ring D 1 is 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or at least 1 1,4-phenylene with one hydrogen replaced by fluorine;
Z 17 is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, or —C≡C—. And
L 13 and L 14 are independently hydrogen or fluorine;
i is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
[13] 式(11)から(19)で表される化合物の群から選択された少なくとも1つの化合物を含有する、[9]から[12]のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物。
式(11)から(19)において、
R15、R16、およびR17は独立して、炭素数1から10のアルキルまたは炭素数2から10のアルケニルであり、このR15、R16、およびR17において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよく、そしてR17は、水素またはフッ素であってもよく;
環E1、環E2、環E3、および環E4は独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、または少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた1,4-フェニレンであり;
環E5および環E6は独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン,テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、またはデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイルであり;
Z18、Z19、Z20、およびZ21は独立して、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2CH2-、-CF2OCH2CH2-、または-OCF2CH2CH2-であり;
L15およびL16は独立して、フッ素または塩素であり;
S11は、水素またはメチルであり;
Xは、-CHF-または-CF2-であり;
j、k、m、n、p、q、r、およびsは独立して、0または1であり、k、m、n、およびpの和は、1または2であり、q、r、およびsの和は、0、1、2、または3であり、
tは、1、2、または3である。
[13] The liquid crystal composition according to any one of [9] to [12], containing at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (11) to (19).
In equations (11) to (19),
R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are independently alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and in R 15 , R 16 and R 17 , at least one —CH 2 -May be replaced by -O-, at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine, and R 17 may be hydrogen or fluorine;
Ring E 1 , ring E 2 , ring E 3 and ring E 4 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl. , Decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, or 1,4-phenylene in which at least one hydrogen has been replaced by fluorine;
Ring E 5 and ring E 6 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, or decahydronaphthalene-2,6. -Is Jail;
Z 18 , Z 19 , Z 20 and Z 21 are independently a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 OCH 2 CH 2 —, or —OCF 2 CH 2 CH 2 —;
L 15 and L 16 are independently fluorine or chlorine;
S 11 is hydrogen or methyl;
X is —CHF— or —CF 2 —;
j, k, m, n, p, q, r, and s are independently 0 or 1, and the sum of k, m, n, and p is 1 or 2, q, r, and the sum of s is 0, 1, 2, or 3,
t is 1, 2, or 3.
[14] 式(20)で表される少なくとも1つの重合性化合物を含有する、[9]から[13]のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物。
式(20)において、
環Fおよび環Iは独立して、シクロヘキシル、シクロヘキセニル、フェニル、1-ナフチル、2-ナフチル、テトラヒドロピラン-2-イル、1,3-ジオキサン-2-イル、ピリミジン-2-イル、またはピリジン-2-イルであり、環Fおよび環Iにおいて、少なくとも1つの水素は、ハロゲン、炭素数1から12のアルキル、炭素数1から12のアルコキシ、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から12のアルキルで置き換えられてもよく;
環Gは、1,4-シクロへキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-1,2-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,3-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,4-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,5-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,6-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,7-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,8-ジイル、ナフタレン-2,3-ジイル、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、ナフタレン-2,7-ジイル、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルであり、環Gにおいて、少なくとも1つの水素は、ハロゲン、炭素数1から12のアルキル、炭素数1から12のアルコキシ、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から12のアルキルで置き換えられてもよく;
Z22およびZ23は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このZ22およびZ23において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、または-OCO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-、-C(CH3)=CH-、-CH=C(CH3)-、または-C(CH3)=C(CH3)-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく;
P11、P12、およびP13は独立して、重合性基であり;
Sp11、Sp12、およびSp13は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このSp11、Sp12、およびSp13において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく;
uは、0、1、または2であり;
f、g、およびhは独立して、0、1、2、3、または4であり、そしてf、g、およびhの和は、1以上である。
[14] The liquid crystal composition according to any one of [9] to [13], containing at least one polymerizable compound represented by formula (20).
In equation (20),
Ring F and ring I are independently cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, tetrahydropyran-2-yl, 1,3-dioxan-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, or pyridine. -2-yl, and in Ring F and Ring I, at least one hydrogen is halogen, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or carbon in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by halogen. It may be replaced by an alkyl of the numbers 1 to 12;
Ring G is 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-1,2-diyl, naphthalene-1,3-diyl, naphthalene-1,4-diyl, Naphthalene-1,5-diyl, naphthalene-1,6-diyl, naphthalene-1,7-diyl, naphthalene-1,8-diyl, naphthalene-2,3-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, naphthalene- 2,7-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5- Diyl, and in ring G, at least one hydrogen is halogen, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by halogen. May be replaced with;
Z 22 and Z 23 are independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and in Z 22 and Z 23 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, —CO—, —COO. Or at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — is —CH═CH—, —C(CH 3 )═CH—, —CH═C(CH 3 )—, Or may be replaced with -C(CH 3 )=C(CH 3 )- and at least one hydrogen may be replaced with fluorine or chlorine;
P 11 , P 12 and P 13 are independently a polymerizable group;
Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 are independently a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, and in this Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O. -, -COO-, -OCO-, or -OCOO-, and at least one -CH 2 CH 2 -may be replaced by -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine;
u is 0, 1, or 2;
f, g, and h are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, and the sum of f, g, and h is 1 or more.
[15] 式(21)から式(24)で表される化合物から選択された少なくとも1つの化合物を含有する、[9]から[14]のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物。
式(21)、(22)、(23)および(24)において、R50は、水素、フッ素、塩素、炭素数1から12のアルキル、炭素数1から12のアルコキシ、炭素数2から12のアルケニル、少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素または塩素で置き換えられた炭素数1から12のアルキル、または少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた炭素数2から12のアルケニルであり;
R51は、-OH、-NH2、-OR53、-N(R53)2、または-Si(R53)3で表される基であり、ここで、R53は、水素または炭素数1から7のアルキルであり、このR53において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素で置き換えられてもよく;
R52は、水素、フッ素、または炭素数1から5のアルキルであり、このR52において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく;
環A50および環B50は、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルであり、この環A50および環B50において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、炭素数1から12のアルキル、炭素数1から12のアルコキシ、または少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた炭素数1から12のアルキルで置き換えられてもよく;
Z50は、単結合、-CH2CH2-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、または-CF=CF-であり;
Sp51、Sp52、Sp53およびSp54は、単結合または炭素数1から7のアルキレンであり、このSp51、Sp52、Sp53およびSp54において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-COO-、または-OCO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素で置き換えられてもよく;
a50は、0、1、2、3、または4であり;
a51は、1または2であり;
lは、0、1、2、3、4、5、または6であり、この-(CH2)l-の少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素で置き換えられてもよい。
[15] The liquid crystal composition according to any one of [9] to [14], containing at least one compound selected from compounds represented by formulas (21) to (24).
In formulas (21), (22), (23) and (24), R 50 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or R 2 having 2 to 12 carbons. Alkenyl, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by fluorine or chlorine, or alkenyl having 2 to 12 carbons in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by fluorine;
R 51 is a group represented by —OH, —NH 2 , —OR 53 , —N(R 53 ) 2 , or —Si(R 53 ) 3 , where R 53 is hydrogen or the number of carbon atoms. 1 to 7 alkyl, in which R 53 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH—. At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine;
R 52 is hydrogen, fluorine, or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, and in this R 52 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine or May be replaced by chlorine;
Ring A 50 and ring B 50 are 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3 -Dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl, wherein in ring A 50 and ring B 50 , at least one hydrogen is fluorine, carbon number 1 to 12 alkyl, 1-12 alkoxy, or at least one hydrogen may be replaced by 1-12 alkyl in which fluorine is replaced;
Z 50 represents a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 O—. , —OCH 2 —, or —CF═CF—;
Sp 51 , Sp 52 , Sp 53 and Sp 54 are a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and in this Sp 51 , Sp 52 , Sp 53 and Sp 54 , at least one —CH 2 — is — May be replaced by O—, —COO—, or —OCO—, at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH—, and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine. May be given;
a 50 is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
a 51 is 1 or 2;
l is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, and at least one —CH 2 — of —(CH 2 ) l — is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced with —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and at least one hydrogen is It may be replaced by fluorine.
[16] 式(20)において、
P11、P12、およびP13が独立して、式(P-1)から式(P-5)で表される重合性基の群から選択された基である、[14]に記載の液晶組成物。
式(P-1)から式(P-5)において、
M11、M12、およびM13は独立して、水素、フッ素、炭素数1から5のアルキル、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から5のアルキルである。
[16] In equation (20),
[14], wherein P 11 , P 12 , and P 13 are each independently a group selected from the group of polymerizable groups represented by formula (P-1) to formula (P-5). Liquid crystal composition.
In formula (P-1) to formula (P-5),
M 11 , M 12 and M 13 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons in which at least one hydrogen has been replaced by halogen.
[17] 式(20)で表される重合性化合物が、式(20-1)から式(20-7)で表される重合性化合物の群から選択された少なくとも1つの化合物である、[14]から[16]のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物。
式(20-1)から式(20-7)において、
L31、L32、L33、L34、L35、L36、L37、およびL38は独立して、水素、フッ素、またはメチルであり;
Sp11、Sp12、およびSp13は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このSp11、Sp12、およびSp13において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよい。
P11、P12、およびP13は独立して、式(P-1)から式(P-3)で表される重合性基の群から選択された基であり、
式(P-1)から式(P-3)において、
M11、M12、およびM13は独立して、水素、フッ素、炭素数1から5のアルキル、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から5のアルキルである。
[17] The polymerizable compound represented by the formula (20) is at least one compound selected from the group of polymerizable compounds represented by the formula (20-1) to the formula (20-7), 14] The liquid crystal composition according to any one of [16].
In equation (20-1) to equation (20-7),
L 31 , L 32 , L 33 , L 34 , L 35 , L 36 , L 37 , and L 38 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, or methyl;
Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 are independently a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, and in this Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O. -, -COO-, -OCO-, or -OCOO-, and at least one -CH 2 CH 2 -may be replaced by -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine.
P 11 , P 12 , and P 13 are independently a group selected from the group of polymerizable groups represented by formula (P-1) to formula (P-3),
In formula (P-1) to formula (P-3),
M 11 , M 12 and M 13 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons in which at least one hydrogen has been replaced by halogen.
[18] 重合性化合物、重合開始剤、重合禁止剤、光学活性化合物、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤、熱安定剤、色素、および消泡剤の群から選択された少なくとも1つを含有する、[9]から[17]のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物。 [18] At least one selected from the group of polymerizable compounds, polymerization initiators, polymerization inhibitors, optically active compounds, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, light stabilizers, heat stabilizers, dyes, and defoamers. The liquid crystal composition according to any one of [9] to [17], containing:
[19] [9]から[18]のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物、および[9]から[18]のいずれか1項に記載の液晶組成物の少なくとも一部が重合したものからなる群より選択された少なくとも1つ含有する液晶表示素子。 [19] From the liquid crystal composition according to any one of [9] to [18] and the polymerized product of at least a part of the liquid crystal composition according to any one of [9] to [18] A liquid crystal display device containing at least one selected from the group consisting of:
本発明は、次の項も含む。
(a)重合性化合物、重合開始剤、重合禁止剤、光学活性化合物、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤、熱安定剤、色素、消泡剤などの添加物の少なくとも2つをさらに含有する前記の液晶組成物。
(b)前記の液晶組成物に化合物(1)または化合物(20)とは異なる重合性化合物を添加することによって調製した重合性組成物。
(c)前記の液晶組成物に化合物(1)と化合物(20)とを添加することによって調製した重合性組成物。
(d)前記重合性組成物を重合させることによって調製した液晶複合体。
(e)この液晶複合体を含有する高分子支持配向型の素子。
(f)前記の液晶組成物に化合物(1)と化合物(20)と、化合物(1)または化合物(20)とは異なる重合性化合物とを添加することによって調製した重合性組成物を使用することによって作成した高分子支持配向型の素子。
The present invention also includes the following items.
(A) Further, at least two additives such as a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, an optically active compound, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, a heat stabilizer, a dye and an antifoaming agent. The above-mentioned liquid crystal composition containing.
(B) A polymerizable composition prepared by adding a polymerizable compound different from compound (1) or compound (20) to the above liquid crystal composition.
(C) A polymerizable composition prepared by adding the compound (1) and the compound (20) to the above liquid crystal composition.
(D) A liquid crystal composite prepared by polymerizing the polymerizable composition.
(E) A polymer-supported orientation type device containing the liquid crystal composite.
(F) Use of a polymerizable composition prepared by adding the compound (1), the compound (20), and a polymerizable compound different from the compound (1) or the compound (20) to the liquid crystal composition. A polymer-supported orientation type element produced by the above.
以下、化合物(1)の態様、化合物(1)の合成、液晶組成物、および液晶表示素子について順に説明する。 Hereinafter, the aspect of compound (1), the synthesis of compound (1), the liquid crystal composition, and the liquid crystal display device will be described in order.
1.化合物(1)の態様
本発明の化合物(1)は、少なくとも1つの環より構成されるメソゲン部位、少なくとも1つの極性基、および一つ以上の重合性基を有することを特徴とし、特に、メソゲン部位より側方に置換基を有することを特徴とする。化合物(1)は、極性基がガラス(または金属酸化物)等の基板表面と非共有結合的に相互作用するので有用である。用途の一つは、液晶表示素子に使われる液晶組成物用の添加物であり、この用途において、化合物(1)は液晶分子の配向を制御する目的で添加される。このような添加物は、素子に密閉された条件下では化学的に安定であり、液晶分子を配向させる能力が高く、液晶表示素子に用いた場合の電圧保持率が大きく、残像を抑制し、プレチルト角が安定に形成され、そして液晶組成物への溶解度が大きいことが好ましい。側方位に環を有する化合物(1)は、このような特性をかなりの程度で充足し、従来の化合物では達成できなかった、液晶組成物への溶解度が極めて大きく、該化合物(1)を用いることで、従来の化合物を用いた場合に比べ、プレチルト角が安定に形成され、残像を抑制し、配向性や電圧保持率を同程度またはそれ以上に維持したまま、長期安定性に優れる素子を容易に得ることができる。
1. Aspect of Compound (1) The compound (1) of the present invention is characterized by having a mesogenic moiety composed of at least one ring, at least one polar group, and one or more polymerizable groups, and in particular, a mesogen. It is characterized by having a substituent on the side of the site. The compound (1) is useful because the polar group interacts non-covalently with the substrate surface such as glass (or metal oxide). One of the uses is an additive for a liquid crystal composition used in a liquid crystal display device, and in this use, the compound (1) is added for the purpose of controlling the alignment of liquid crystal molecules. Such an additive is chemically stable under the condition of being sealed in the device, has a high ability to align liquid crystal molecules, has a large voltage holding ratio when used in a liquid crystal display device, and suppresses an afterimage, It is preferable that the pretilt angle is formed stably and the solubility in the liquid crystal composition is large. The compound (1) having a ring in the lateral direction satisfies such characteristics to a considerable extent and has extremely high solubility in a liquid crystal composition, which cannot be achieved by conventional compounds, and thus the compound (1) is used. As a result, compared with the case of using a conventional compound, a pretilt angle is formed more stably, an afterimage is suppressed, and an element with excellent long-term stability is maintained while maintaining the same degree of orientation or voltage holding ratio or higher. Can be easily obtained.
化合物(1)の好ましい例について説明をする。化合物(1)におけるR1、A1、Spなどの記号の好ましい例は、化合物(1)の下位式にも適用される。化合物(1)において、これらの基の種類を適切に組み合わせることによって、特性を任意に調整することが可能である。化合物の特性に大きな差異がないので、化合物(1)は、2H(重水素)、13Cなどの同位体を天然存在比の量より多く含んでもよい。 A preferred example of the compound (1) will be described. Preferred examples of symbols such as R 1 , A 1 and Sp in the compound (1) also apply to the subordinate formula of the compound (1). In the compound (1), the properties can be adjusted arbitrarily by appropriately combining the types of these groups. Compound (1) may contain isotopes such as 2 H (deuterium) and 13 C in a larger amount than the natural abundance, since there is no large difference in the properties of the compounds.
R1、R2およびR3は独立して、水素、-Sp-P、または炭素数1から15のアルキルであり、このR1、R2およびR3において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-または-S-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよい。 R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are independently hydrogen, —Sp—P, or alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and in this R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is , —O— or —S—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced with —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and at least one hydrogen is , May be replaced by fluorine or chlorine.
好ましいR1およびR2は、-Sp-Pであり、好ましいR3は、-Sp-P、炭素数1から15のアルキル、炭素数2から15のアルケニル、炭素数1から14のアルコキシ、または炭素数2から14のアルケニルオキシであり、これらの基において、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよい。
さらに好ましいR3は、-Sp-P、炭素数1から10のアルキル、炭素数2から10のアルケニルまたは炭素数1から9のアルコキシである。
特に好ましいR3は、炭素数1から10のアルキルである。
Preferred R 1 and R 2 are -Sp-P, and preferred R 3 is -Sp-P, alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 15 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 14 carbons, or Alkenyloxy having 2 to 14 carbon atoms, in which at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine.
More desirable R 3 is —Sp—P, alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons or alkoxy having 1 to 9 carbons.
Particularly preferred R 3 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons.
R3が炭素数1から15のアルキルまたは炭素数1から14のアルコキシである化合物は、化学的安定性が高い。R3が炭素数1から15のアルキル、炭素数2から15のアルケニル、または炭素数2から14のアルケニルオキシである化合物は、液晶組成物への溶解度が大きい。R3が-Sp-Pであるとき重合反応速度が速い。R1が炭素数1~15のアルキルである化合物は、液晶分子を配向させる能力が高い。 The compound in which R 3 is alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons or alkoxy having 1 to 14 carbons has high chemical stability. A compound in which R 3 is alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 15 carbons, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 14 carbons has high solubility in a liquid crystal composition. When R 3 is —Sp—P, the polymerization reaction rate is high. The compound in which R 1 is alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons has high ability to align liquid crystal molecules.
環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4は独立して、1,2-シクロプロピレン、1,3-シクロブチレン、1,3-シクロペンチレン、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘプチレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルであり、この環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、塩素、炭素数1から10のアルキル、炭素数2から10のアルケニル、炭素数1から9のアルコキシ、炭素数2から9のアルケニルオキシ、または-Sp-Pで置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく、構造内に複数の環A1、環A2および環A3が存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよい。 Ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are independently 1,2-cyclopropylene, 1,3-cyclobutylene, 1,3-cyclopentylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1 ,4-cycloheptylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2, 6-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl, wherein ring A 1 , ring In A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 , at least one hydrogen is fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 9 carbons, or having 2 to carbons. 9 alkenyloxy, or —Sp—P, at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine, and there may be more than one ring A 1, ring A 2 and ring A 3 within the structure. If present, each may be different.
好ましい環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4は、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルであり、この環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、塩素、炭素数1から10のアルキル、炭素数2から10のアルケニル、炭素数1から9のアルコキシ、または炭素数2から9のアルケニルオキシで置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよい。 Preferred ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, tetrahydropyran- 2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl, wherein ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and In ring A 4 , at least one hydrogen is replaced with fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 9 carbons, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 9 carbons. And at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine.
より好ましい環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4は、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、または1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイルであり、この環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、炭素数1から10のアルキル、炭素数2から10のアルケニル、炭素数1から9のアルコキシ、または炭素数2から9のアルケニルオキシで置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素で置き換えられてもよい。 More preferred ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl and tetrahydropyran. -2,5-diyl or 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, wherein at least one hydrogen in the ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 is fluorine, carbon number It may be replaced by 1-10 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C1-C9 alkoxy, or C2-C9 alkenyloxy and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine. Good.
さらに好ましい環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4は、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、または1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイルであり、これらの環において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、炭素数1から5のアルキル、炭素数2から5のアルケニル、または炭素数1から4のアルコキシで置き換えられてもよい。 More preferred ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl and tetrahydropyran. -2,5-diyl, or 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, in which at least one hydrogen is fluorine, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 5 carbons. Or may be replaced with an alkoxy having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
特に好ましい環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4は、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-フェニレンである。 Particularly preferred ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are 1,4-cyclohexylene and 1,4-phenylene.
環A1および環A2が独立して、1,3-シクロペンチレン、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘプチレン、1,4-フェニレン、少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた1,4-フェニレン、少なくとも1つの水素が炭素数1から5のアルキルで置き換えられた1,4-フェニレン、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、またはテトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイルである化合物は、化学的安定性が高い。環A1および環A2が独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた1,4-フェニレン、少なくとも1つの水素が炭素数1から5のアルキルで置き換えられた1,4-フェニレン、または少なくとも1つの水素が炭素数2から5のアルケニルで置き換えられた1,4-フェニレンである化合物は、液晶組成物への溶解度が大きい。環A1および環A2が独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-フェニレン、少なくとも1つの水素が炭素数1から2のアルキルで置き換えられた1,4-フェニレンである化合物は、液晶分子を配向させる能力が高い。環A1および環A2が独立して、1,4-フェニレン、少なくとも1つの水素が炭素数1から5のアルキルで置き換えられた1,4-フェニレン、少なくとも1つの水素が炭素数1から4のアルコキシで置き換えられた1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルである化合物は、紫外線照射による重合反応性が高い。 Ring A 1 and ring A 2 are independently 1,3-cyclopentylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cycloheptylene, 1,4-phenylene, at least one hydrogen being replaced by fluorine 1. , 4-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, or tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl is , High chemical stability. Ring A 1 and Ring A 2 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by fluorine, at least 1,4-phenylene in which one hydrogen is replaced by alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons or 1,4-phenylene in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by alkenyl having 2 to 5 carbons has a liquid crystal composition It has a high solubility in substances. A compound in which ring A 1 and ring A 2 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, and 1,4-phenylene in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by alkyl having 1 to 2 carbons are , High ability to align liquid crystal molecules. Ring A 1 and ring A 2 are independently 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, at least one hydrogen is 1 to 4 carbons The 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl substituted with the above alkoxy have high polymerization reactivity upon irradiation with ultraviolet rays.
aおよびbは独立して、0、1、2、または3であり、cは1、2、3または4であり、より好ましくは、aおよびbは独立して、0、1または2であり、a+bは3以下であり、cは1、2または3である。 a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, c is 1, 2, 3 or 4, more preferably a and b are independently 0, 1 or 2. , A+b is 3 or less, and c is 1, 2 or 3.
a+bが1である化合物は、液晶組成物への溶解度が大きい。cが2または3である化合物は、液晶分子を配向させる能力が高い。 A compound in which a+b is 1 has a high solubility in the liquid crystal composition. The compound in which c is 2 or 3 has a high ability to align liquid crystal molecules.
Z1、Z2およびZ3は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から6のアルキレンであり、このZ1、Z2およびZ3において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよい。 Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and in this Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, May be replaced by —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, where at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — is replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—. Alternatively, at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine.
好ましいZ1は、単結合、-(CH2)2-、-(CH2)4-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、または-CF=CF-である。
より好ましいZ1は、単結合、-(CH2)2-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、または-CF=CF-である。
さらに好ましいZ1は、単結合、-(CH2)2-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH2O-、または-OCH2-であり、より好ましいZ1は、単結合または-(CH2)2-であり、特に好ましいZ1は、単結合である。
Preferred Z 1 is a single bond, —(CH 2 ) 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, or —CF═CF—.
More preferred Z 1 is a single bond, —(CH 2 ) 2 —, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH. 2 O-, -OCH 2 -, or -CF=CF-.
Further preferred Z 1 is a single bond, - (CH 2) 2 - , - CH = CH -, - C≡C -, - CH 2 O-, or -OCH 2 - is a more preferred Z 1 is a single A bond or —(CH 2 ) 2 —, and particularly preferred Z 1 is a single bond.
Z1が単結合である化合物は、化学的安定性が高い。Z1が単結合、-(CH2)2-、-CF2O-、または-OCF2-である化合物は、液晶組成物への溶解度が大きい。Z1が単結合または-(CH2)2-である化合物は、液晶分子を配向させる能力が高い。Z1が単結合、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-である化合物は、紫外線照射による重合反応性が高い。 The compound in which Z 1 is a single bond has high chemical stability. A compound in which Z 1 is a single bond, —(CH 2 ) 2 —, —CF 2 O—, or —OCF 2 — has high solubility in a liquid crystal composition. A compound in which Z 1 is a single bond or —(CH 2 ) 2 — has a high ability to align liquid crystal molecules. A compound in which Z 1 is a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 — has a high polymerization reactivity upon irradiation with ultraviolet rays.
Spは独立して、単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このSpにおいて、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよい。 Sp is independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, and in this Sp, at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —. OCOO—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and at least one hydrogen is replaced by fluorine or chlorine. May be
好ましいSpは独立して、単結合または炭素数1から7のアルキレンであり、このSpにおいて、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-COO-、または-OCO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素で置き換えられてもよい。 Preferred Sp is independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 7 carbons, and in this Sp, at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, —COO—, or —OCO—. Well, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH— and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine.
Spが独立して、単結合または炭素数1から7のアルキレンである化合物は、化学的安定性が高い。Sp1、Sp2、Sp3、Sp4、およびSp5が独立して、炭素数1から7のアルキレン、または炭素数1から7のアルキレンの少なくとも1つの-CH2-が-O-で置き換えられた基である化合物は、液晶組成物への溶解度が大きい。 A compound in which Sp is independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 7 carbons has high chemical stability. Sp 1 , Sp 2 , Sp 3 , Sp 4 , and Sp 5 are independently alkylene having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, or at least one —CH 2 — of alkylene having 1 to 7 carbon atoms is replaced by —O—. The compound that is the obtained group has high solubility in the liquid crystal composition.
より好ましいSpは独立して、単結合または炭素数1から5のアルキレンであり、このSpにおいて、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-で置き換えられてもよい。 More preferable Sp is independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and in this Sp, at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 -may be replaced by -CH=CH-.
Pは独立して、式(1b)~式(1h)のいずれかで表される基である。
P is independently a group represented by any one of formula (1b) to formula (1h).
好ましいPは独立して、式(1b)、(1c)、(1d)、および(1e)のいずれかで表される基である。 Preferred P is independently a group represented by any one of formulas (1b), (1c), (1d), and (1e).
式(1b)~式(1h)において、M1、M2、M3およびM4は独立して、水素、ハロゲン、炭素数1から5のアルキル、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から5のアルキルである。 In formulas (1b) to (1h), M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are independently hydrogen, halogen, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, or at least one hydrogen is replaced by halogen. It is an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
好ましいM1、M2、M3およびM4は独立して、水素、フッ素、メチル、エチル、またはトリフルオロメチルである。さらに好ましくは、水素である。 Preferred M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, methyl, ethyl or trifluoromethyl. More preferably, it is hydrogen.
R4は水素、ハロゲン、または炭素数1から5のアルキルであり、このR4において少なくとも1つの水素はハロゲンで置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-で置き換えられてもよい。 R 4 is hydrogen, halogen, or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, and in this R 4 , at least one hydrogen may be replaced with halogen, and at least one —CH 2 — is replaced with —O—. May be.
好ましいR4は、水素、フッ素、メチル、エチル、メトキシメチル、またはトリフルオロメチルである。さらに好ましくは、水素である。 Preferred R 4 is hydrogen, fluorine, methyl, ethyl, methoxymethyl, or trifluoromethyl. More preferably, it is hydrogen.
R5、R6、R7、R8、およびR9は独立して、水素、または炭素数1から15の直鎖状、分岐状または環状のアルキルであり、このR5、R6、R7、R8、およびR9において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-または-S-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はハロゲンで置き換えられてもよい。 R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are independently hydrogen or linear, branched or cyclic alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and R 5 , R 6 , R 8 In 7 , R 8 and R 9 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O— or —S—, and at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — is —CH═CH—. Or it may be replaced by —C≡C— and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by halogen.
好ましいR5、R6、R7、R8、およびR9は独立して、水素、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル、炭素数2~10の直鎖状アルケニル、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルコキシ、または炭素数3~6の環状アルキルである。さらに好ましくは、水素、炭素数2~6の直鎖状アルキル、炭素数2~6の直鎖状アルケニル、炭素数1~5の直鎖状アルコキシ、または炭素数4~6の環状アルキルである。 Preferred R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are independently hydrogen, linear alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, linear alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and 1 to 10 carbons. Is a straight-chain alkoxy or a C3-C6 cyclic alkyl. More preferably, it is hydrogen, linear alkyl having 2 to 6 carbons, linear alkenyl having 2 to 6 carbons, linear alkoxy having 1 to 5 carbons, or cyclic alkyl having 4 to 6 carbons. ..
さらに好ましいPはP1およびP2であり、P1およびP2は、式(1b-1)、(1b-2)、(1b-3)、(1b-4)、式(1b-5)、(1c-1)、(1d-1)(1d-2)または(1e-1)で表される基である。
More preferred P is P 1 and P 2 , and P 1 and P 2 are represented by formulas (1b-1), (1b-2), (1b-3), (1b-4) and formula (1b-5). , (1c-1), (1d-1), (1d-2) or (1e-1).
好ましい化合物(1)は、項7に記載した化合物(1-1)から(1-10)および化合物(1-101)から(1-141)である。 Preferred compounds (1) are compounds (1-1) to (1-10) and compounds (1-101) to (1-141) described in item 7.
さらに好ましい化合物(1)は、下記化合物(1-33)から(1-49)および化合物(1-142)から(1-309)である。
More desirable compound (1) are the following compounds (1-33) to (1-49) and compounds (1-142) to (1-309).
2.化合物(1)の合成
化合物(1)の合成法について説明する。化合物(1)は、有機合成化学の方法を適切に組み合わせることにより合成できる。合成法を記載しなかった化合物は、「オーガニック・シンセシス」(Organic Syntheses, John Wiley & Sons, Inc)、「オーガニック・リアクションズ」(Organic Reactions, John Wiley & Sons, Inc)、「コンプリヘンシブ・オーガニック・シンセシス」(Comprehensive Organic Synthesis, Pergamon Press)、「新実験化学講座」(丸善)などの成書に記載された方法によって合成する。
2. Synthesis of Compound (1) A method for synthesizing the compound (1) will be described. The compound (1) can be synthesized by appropriately combining methods of synthetic organic chemistry. Compounds for which no synthetic method is described are "Organic Syntheses" (John Wiley & Sons, Inc), "Organic Reactions" (Organic Reactions, John Wiley & Sons, Inc), "Comprehensive Organic". -Synthesis" (Comprehensive Organic Synthesis, Pergamon Press), "New Experimental Chemistry Course" (Maruzen), and other methods.
2-1.結合基Z1、Z2、Z3、Z4およびZ5の生成
化合物(1)における結合基を生成する方法の例は、下記のスキームのとおりである。このスキームにおいて、MSG1(またはMSG2)は、少なくとも1つの環を有する一価の有機基である。複数のMSG1(またはMSG2)が表す一価の有機基は、同一であってもよいし、または異なってもよい。化合物(1A)~(1J)は、化合物(1)または化合物(1)の中間体に相当する。
2-1. Generation of Bonding Groups Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Z 5 An example of the method for generating the bonding group in the compound (1) is as shown in the following scheme. In this scheme, MSG 1 (or MSG 2 ) is a monovalent organic group having at least one ring. The monovalent organic groups represented by a plurality of MSG 1 (or MSG 2 ) may be the same or different. Compounds (1A) to (1J) correspond to compound (1) or an intermediate of compound (1).
(I)単結合の生成
アリールホウ酸(21)と化合物(22)を、炭酸塩、テトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム触媒の存在下で反応させ、化合物(1A)を合成する。この化合物(1A)は、化合物(23)にn-ブチルリチウムを、次いで塩化亜鉛を反応させ、ジクロロビス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム触媒の存在下で化合物(22)を反応させても合成される。
(I) Formation of Single Bond Aryl boric acid (21) and compound (22) are reacted in the presence of a carbonate and a tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium catalyst to synthesize compound (1A). This compound (1A) is also synthesized by reacting the compound (23) with n-butyllithium and then with zinc chloride, and then reacting the compound (22) in the presence of a dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium catalyst.
(II)-COO-と-OCO-の生成
化合物(23)にn-ブチルリチウムを、次いで二酸化炭素を反応させ、カルボン酸(24)を得る。このカルボン酸(24)と、化合物(21)から誘導したフェノール(25)とをDCC(1,3-ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド)とDMAP(4-ジメチルアミノピリジン)の存在下で脱水させて-COO-を有する化合物(1B)を合成する。この方法によって-OCO-を有する化合物も合成する。
(II) Formation of —COO— and —OCO— Compound (23) is reacted with n-butyllithium and then carbon dioxide to obtain carboxylic acid (24). The carboxylic acid (24) and the phenol (25) derived from the compound (21) are dehydrated in the presence of DCC (1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide) and DMAP (4-dimethylaminopyridine) to give —COO—. The compound (1B) having is synthesized. A compound having —OCO— is also synthesized by this method.
(III)-CF2O-と-OCF2-の生成
化合物(1B)をローソン試薬で硫黄化し、化合物(26)を得る。化合物(26)をフッ化水素ピリジン錯体とNBS(N-ブロモスクシンイミド)でフッ素化し、-CF2O-を有する化合物(1C)を合成する。M. Kuroboshi et al., Chem. Lett., 1992,827.を参照。化合物(1C)は化合物(26)をDAST((ジエチルアミノ)サルファートリフルオリド)でフッ素化しても合成される。W. H. Bunnelle et al., J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 768.を参照。この方法によって-OCF2-を有する化合物も合成する。
(III) Formation of —CF 2 O— and —OCF 2 — Compound (1B) is sulfurized with Lawesson's reagent to obtain compound (26). The compound (26) is fluorinated with a hydrogen fluoride pyridine complex and NBS (N-bromosuccinimide) to synthesize a compound (1C) having —CF 2 O—. See M. Kuroboshi et al., Chem. Lett., 1992, 827. Compound (1C) is also synthesized by fluorinating compound (26) with DAST ((diethylamino)sulfur trifluoride). See W. H. Bunnelle et al., J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 768. A compound having —OCF 2 — is also synthesized by this method.
(IV)-CH=CH-の生成
化合物(22)をn-ブチルリチウム、次いでDMF(N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド)と反応させてアルデヒド(27)を得る。ホスホニウム塩(28)とカリウムtert-ブトキシドを反応させて発生させたリンイリドを、アルデヒド(27)と反応させて化合物(1D)を合成する。反応条件によってはシス体が生成するので、必要に応じて公知の方法によりシス体をトランス体に異性化する。
(IV) Formation of -CH=CH- Compound (22) is reacted with n-butyllithium and then DMF (N,N-dimethylformamide) to obtain aldehyde (27). A phosphorus ylide generated by reacting a phosphonium salt (28) with potassium tert-butoxide is reacted with an aldehyde (27) to synthesize a compound (1D). A cis isomer is produced depending on the reaction conditions, so the cis isomer is isomerized to the trans isomer by a known method, if necessary.
(V)-CH2CH2-の生成
化合物(1D)をパラジウム炭素触媒の存在下で水素化し、化合物(1E)を合成する。
(V)-CH 2 CH 2 — Generation Compound (1D) is hydrogenated in the presence of a palladium carbon catalyst to synthesize compound (1E).
(VI)-C≡C-の生成
ジクロロパラジウムとヨウ化銅の触媒存在下で、化合物(23)に2-メチル-3-ブチン-2-オールを反応させたのち、塩基性条件下で脱保護して化合物(29)を得る。ジクロロビス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウムとハロゲン化銅との触媒存在下、化合物(29)を化合物(22)と反応させて、化合物(1F)を合成する。
Formation of (VI)-C≡C- After reacting compound (23) with 2-methyl-3-butyn-2-ol in the presence of a catalyst of dichloropalladium and copper iodide, the compound (23) was removed under basic conditions. Protect to give compound (29). Compound (29) is reacted with compound (22) in the presence of a catalyst of dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and copper halide to synthesize compound (1F).
(VII)-CH2O-と-OCH2-の生成
化合物(27)を水素化ホウ素ナトリウムで還元して化合物(30)を得る。これを臭化水素酸で臭素化して化合物(31)を得る。炭酸カリウムの存在下、化合物(25)と化合物(31)を反応させて、化合物(1G)を合成する。この方法によって-OCH2-を有する化合物も合成する。
(VII) Formation of —CH 2 O— and —OCH 2 — Compound (27) is reduced with sodium borohydride to obtain compound (30). This is brominated with hydrobromic acid to obtain compound (31). The compound (25) and the compound (31) are reacted in the presence of potassium carbonate to synthesize the compound (1G). A compound having —OCH 2 — is also synthesized by this method.
(VIII)-CF=CF-の生成
化合物(23)をn-ブチルリチウムで処理したあと、テトラフルオロエチレンを反応させて化合物(32)を得る。化合物(22)をn-ブチルリチウムで処理したあと化合物(32)と反応させて、化合物(1H)を合成する。
Production of (VIII)-CF=CF- After treating the compound (23) with n-butyllithium, tetrafluoroethylene is reacted to obtain the compound (32). The compound (22) is treated with n-butyllithium and then reacted with the compound (32) to synthesize the compound (1H).
(VIV)-CH=CHCO-と-COCH=CH-の生成
化合物(40)と化合物(27)をNaOH存在下で、アルドール縮合反応をし化合物(1I)を合成する。
(VIV) Formation of -CH=CHCO- and -COCH=CH- Compound (40) and compound (27) are subjected to aldol condensation reaction in the presence of NaOH to synthesize compound (1I).
(X)-CH=CHCOO-と-OCOCH=CH-の生成
ケイ皮酸(41)と、化合物(25)をDCC(1,3-ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド)とDMAP(4-ジメチルアミノピリジン)の存在下で脱水させて化合物(1J)を合成する。
(X) Formation of -CH=CHCOO- and -OCOCH=CH- Cinnamic acid (41) and compound (25) were added in the presence of DCC (1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide) and DMAP (4-dimethylaminopyridine). The compound (1J) is synthesized by dehydration with.
2-2.環A1、A2、A3およびA4の生成
1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン、2-メチル-1,4-フェニレン、2-エチル-1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル、ペルヒドロシクロペンタ[a]フェナントレン-3,17-ジイル、2,3,4,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17-テトラデカヒドロシクロペンタ[a]フェナントレン-3,17-ジイルなどの環に関しては出発物が市販されているか、または合成法がよく知られている。(A-1)で表される基および(A-2)で表される基は、-C≡C-の生成を参考に合成できる。
2-2. Formation of Rings A 1 , A 2 , A 3 and A 4 1,4-Cyclohexylene, 1,4-Cyclohexenylene, 1,4-Phenylene, 2-Fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2-Methyl-1 ,4-phenylene, 2-ethyl-1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, Tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, perhydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthrene-3,17- For rings such as diyl, 2,3,4,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthrene-3,17-diyl Starting materials are either commercially available or synthetic methods are well known. The group represented by (A-1) and the group represented by (A-2) can be synthesized with reference to the formation of —C≡C—.
2-3.連結基Sp、および重合性基Pの生成
重合性基Pの好ましい例は、アクリロイルオキシ(1b)、マレイミド(1c)、イタコン酸エステル(1d)、ビニルエステル(1e)、オキシラニル(1g)、またはビニルオキシ(1h)である。
2-3. Formation of Linking Group Sp and Polymerizable Group P Preferred examples of the polymerizable group P include acryloyloxy (1b), maleimide (1c), itaconic acid ester (1d), vinyl ester (1e), oxiranyl (1g), or It is vinyloxy (1h).
この重合性基が連結基Sp1またはSp2で環に結合した化合物を合成する方法の例は、下記のとおりである。まず、連結基Sp1またはSp2が単結合である例を示す。 An example of the method for synthesizing the compound in which the polymerizable group is bonded to the ring by the linking group Sp 1 or Sp 2 is as follows. First, an example in which the linking group Sp 1 or Sp 2 is a single bond is shown.
(1) 単結合である化合物の合成
Sp1またはSp2が単結合である化合物の合成方法は、下記のスキームのとおりである。このスキームにおいて、MSG1は、少なくとも1つの環を有する一価の有機基である。化合物(1S)から(1X)は、化合物(1)に相当する。重合性基がアクリレート誘導体の場合は、対応するアクリル酸とHO-MSG1とのエステル化によって合成する。ビニルオキシは、HO-MSG1と臭化ビニルのエーテル化により合成する。オキシラニルは、末端2重結合の酸化により合成する。マレイミド基は、アミノ基と無水マレイン酸との反応により合成する。イタコン酸エステルは、対応するイタコン酸とHO-MSG1とのエステル化によって合成する。ビニルエステルは、酢酸ビニルとHOOC-MSG1とのエステル交換反応により合成する。
(1) Synthesis of Compound Having Single Bond The method for synthesizing the compound having Sp 1 or Sp 2 as a single bond is as shown in the following scheme. In this scheme, MSG 1 is a monovalent organic group having at least one ring. Compounds (1S) to (1X) correspond to compound (1). When the polymerizable group is an acrylate derivative, it is synthesized by esterification of HO-MSG1 with the corresponding acrylic acid. Vinyloxy is synthesized by etherification of HO-MSG1 and vinyl bromide. Oxiranyl is synthesized by the oxidation of the terminal double bond. The maleimide group is synthesized by reacting an amino group with maleic anhydride. Itaconic acid esters are synthesized by esterification of the corresponding itaconic acid with HO-MSG1. Vinyl ester is synthesized by transesterification reaction between vinyl acetate and HOOC-MSG1.
連結基Spが単結合である化合物の合成法を以上に述べた。その他の連結基を生成する方法は、結合基Z1、Z2、Z3、Z4およびZ5の合成法を参考に合成できる。 The synthetic method of the compound in which the linking group Sp is a single bond has been described above. The method for producing another linking group can be synthesized with reference to the method for synthesizing the bonding groups Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Z 5 .
2-4.合成例
化合物(1)を合成する方法の例は、次のとおりである。これらの化合物において、MESは、少なくとも1つの環を有するメソゲン基である。P1、M1、M2、Sp1、およびSp2の定義は、前記と同一である。
(1)SPおよびPの導入-1
化合物(51A)、および化合物(51B)は、市販されているか、もしくは適切な環構造を有するメソゲン(MES)を出発物として一般的な有機合成法に従って合成することができる。
MESとSp1がエーテル結合で連結している化合物を合成する場合は、化合物(51A)を出発物として、化合物(52)および水酸化カリウムなどの塩基を用いてエーテル化を行うことにより、化合物(53A)を得ることができる。またMESとSp1が単結合で連結している化合物を合成する場合は、化合物(51B)を出発物として、化合物(52)、パラジウムなどの金属触媒、および塩基を使用してクロスカップリング反応を行うことによって、化合物(53B)を得ることができる。化合物(53A)または(53B)は必要に応じてTMS、THPなどの保護基を作用させた化合物(54A)または(54B)に誘導する場合がある。好ましい保護基は、THP、MOM、TMS、TES、TIPS、TBS、TBDPS、Bn、t-Bu、Me、Boc、Cbz、Fmoc、CH3CO-(アセチル)である。さらに好ましい保護基は、THP、MOM、TMS、TIPS、TBS、Bn、t-Buである。分子中で異なるSpやP等を導入する場合、複数の異なる保護基を導入する必要がある場合がある。その際は、脱保護の条件が異なる保護基をそれぞれ導入し、それぞれの保護基ごとに脱保護し、SpやP等を1つずつ順々に導入する。
化合物(53A)、(53B)、(54A)または化合物(54B)から、化合物(55)および水酸化カリウムなどの塩基の存在下で再度エーテル化を行うことにより、化合物(57A)または(57B)を得ることができる。この際、前段階で保護基を作用させた場合は、脱保護反応によって保護基を取り除く。
2-4. Synthetic Example An example of the method for synthesizing the compound (1) is as follows. In these compounds, MES is a mesogenic group having at least one ring. The definitions of P 1 , M 1 , M 2 , Sp 1 and Sp 2 are the same as above.
(1) Introduction of SP and P-1
Compound (51A) and compound (51B) are commercially available or can be synthesized according to a general organic synthesis method using mesogen (MES) having a suitable ring structure as a starting material.
In the case of synthesizing a compound in which MES and Sp 1 are linked by an ether bond, the compound (51A) is used as a starting material, and the compound (52) and a base such as potassium hydroxide are used for etherification to synthesize the compound. (53A) can be obtained. When synthesizing a compound in which MES and Sp 1 are linked by a single bond, the compound (51B) is used as a starting material, the compound (52), a metal catalyst such as palladium, and a cross-coupling reaction using a base. The compound (53B) can be obtained by performing. The compound (53A) or (53B) may be derivatized to the compound (54A) or (54B) to which a protecting group such as TMS or THP is applied, if necessary. Preferred protecting groups are THP, MOM, TMS, TES, TIPS, TBS, TBDPS, Bn, t-Bu, Me, Boc, Cbz, Fmoc, CH 3 CO-(acetyl). Further preferred protecting groups are THP, MOM, TMS, TIPS, TBS, Bn, t-Bu. When introducing different Sp, P, etc. in a molecule, it may be necessary to introduce a plurality of different protecting groups. In that case, a protecting group under different deprotection conditions is introduced, deprotection is performed for each protecting group, and Sp, P and the like are introduced one by one.
Compound (57A) or (57B) is obtained by subjecting compound (53A), (53B), (54A) or compound (54B) to etherification again in the presence of compound (55) and a base such as potassium hydroxide. Can be obtained. At this time, when the protecting group is reacted in the previous step, the protecting group is removed by a deprotection reaction.
P2が式(1b-4)で表される基である化合物(1A)は、化合物(57)より以下の方法で合成できる。化合物(57)から、化合物(58)、DCCおよびDMAPの存在下でエステル化反応を行うことにより化合物(1A)に誘導できる。化合物(58)は既知物質である。
The compound (1A) in which P 2 is a group represented by the formula (1b-4) can be synthesized from the compound (57) by the following method. Compound (1) can be derived from compound (57) by performing an esterification reaction in the presence of compound (58), DCC and DMAP. Compound (58) is a known substance.
(2)メソゲンの合成-1
市販されている化合物(a-1)を出発物として、マグネシウムを作用させGrignard試薬を調整し、そこに化合物(a-2)を加えて化合物(a-3)を得ることが出来る。化合物(a-3)をシラン還元することで、化合物(a-4)を得ることが出来る。
(2) Synthesis of mesogen-1
Starting from the commercially available compound (a-1), magnesium is allowed to act on the Grignard reagent, and the compound (a-2) is added thereto to obtain the compound (a-3). The compound (a-4) can be obtained by subjecting the compound (a-3) to silane reduction.
(3)メソゲンの合成-2
市販されている化合物(c-1)と(c-2)を出発物として、鈴木カップリングで化合物(c-3)を得ることが出来る。
(3) Synthesis of mesogen-2
Starting from the commercially available compounds (c-1) and (c-2), the compound (c-3) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling.
(4)メソゲンの合成―3
市販されている化合物(d-1)を出発物として、水素化アルミニウムリチウムで還元することで、化合物(d-2)を得ることが出来る。市販されている化合物(d-3)にTHP、Bnなどの適切な保護基を作用させ化合物(d-4)を得ることが出来る。化合物(d-2)と(d-4)とを酸触媒であるp-トルエンスルホン酸を用いて反応させることで、化合物(d-5)を得ることが出来る。
(4) Synthesis of mesogen-3
The compound (d-2) can be obtained by reducing the commercially available compound (d-1) with lithium aluminum hydride. A compound (d-4) can be obtained by reacting a commercially available compound (d-3) with an appropriate protecting group such as THP and Bn. The compound (d-5) can be obtained by reacting the compounds (d-2) and (d-4) with p-toluenesulfonic acid which is an acid catalyst.
(5)メソゲンの合成―4
市販されている化合物(e-1)を出発物として、n-BuLiと反応させた後、DMFを加えることで、化合物(e-2)を得ることが出来る。化合物(d-2)と(e-2)とを酸触媒であるp-トルエンスルホン酸を用いて反応させることで、化合物(e-3)を得ることが出来る。
(5) Synthesis of mesogen-4
The compound (e-2) can be obtained by reacting n-BuLi with a commercially available compound (e-1) as a starting material and then adding DMF. The compound (e-3) can be obtained by reacting the compounds (d-2) and (e-2) with p-toluenesulfonic acid which is an acid catalyst.
(6)メソゲン合成―5
市販されている化合物(f-1)を出発物として、THP、Bnなどの適切な保護基を作用させ化合物(f-2)を得ることが出来る。化合物(f-2)とn-BuLiと反応させた後、ほう酸トリメチルを加えることで化合物(f-3)を得ることが出来る。化合物(f-4)をN-ブロモスクシンイミド等の臭素化剤で臭素化することで、化合物(f-5)を得ることが出来る。化合物(f-5)と化合物(f-3)を鈴木カップリングすることで化合物(f-6)を得ることが出来る。
(6) Mesogen synthesis-5
Starting from the commercially available compound (f-1), the compound (f-2) can be obtained by acting an appropriate protecting group such as THP and Bn. The compound (f-3) can be obtained by reacting the compound (f-2) with n-BuLi and then adding trimethyl borate. The compound (f-5) can be obtained by brominating the compound (f-4) with a brominating agent such as N-bromosuccinimide. Compound (f-6) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling of compound (f-5) and compound (f-3).
(7)メソゲン合成―6
(6)の化合物(f-6)を出発物として、トリフラート化することで化合物(g-1)を得ることが出来る。化合物(g-1)と化合物(f-3)を鈴木カップリングすることで化合物(g-2)を得ることが出来る。
(7) Mesogen synthesis-6
A compound (g-1) can be obtained by triflating the compound (f-6) of (6) as a starting material. Compound (g-2) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling of compound (g-1) and compound (f-3).
(8)メソゲン合成―7
市販されている化合物(h-1)を出発物として、水素化ホウ素ナトリウムを用いて還元し化合物(h-2)を得ることが出来る。化合物(h-2)にTHP、Bnなどの適切な保護基を作用させ化合物(h-3)を得ることが出来る。化合物(h-3)のアセタールをギ酸を用いて脱保護し化合物(h-4)を得ることが出来る。(6)の化合物(f-5)にTHP、Bnなどの適切な保護基を作用させ化合物(h-5)を得ることが出来る。化合物(h-5)とn-BuLiと反応させた後、ほう酸トリメチルを加えると化合物(h-6)を得ることが出来る。化合物(h-6)とブロモヨードベンゼンを鈴木カップリングすることで化合物(h-7)を得ることが出来る。化合物(h-7)とn-BuLiと反応させた後、化合物(h-4)を加えると化合物(h-8)を得ることが出来る。化合物(h-8)をシラン還元することで、化合物(h-9)を得ることが出来る。
(8) Mesogen synthesis-7
Starting from the commercially available compound (h-1), the compound (h-2) can be obtained by reduction with sodium borohydride. Compound (h-3) can be obtained by reacting compound (h-2) with an appropriate protecting group such as THP and Bn. The acetal of compound (h-3) can be deprotected with formic acid to obtain compound (h-4). A compound (h-5) can be obtained by reacting the compound (f-5) of (6) with a suitable protecting group such as THP and Bn. After reacting the compound (h-5) with n-BuLi and then adding trimethyl borate, the compound (h-6) can be obtained. Compound (h-7) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling of compound (h-6) and bromoiodobenzene. After reacting compound (h-7) with n-BuLi and then adding compound (h-4), compound (h-8) can be obtained. The compound (h-9) can be obtained by subjecting the compound (h-8) to silane reduction.
(9)メソゲン合成―8
市販されている化合物(i-1)を出発物として、THP、Bnなどの適切な保護基を作用させ化合物(i-2)を得ることが出来る。化合物(i-2)とn-BuLiと反応させた後、ほう酸トリメチルを加えると化合物(i-3)を得ることが出来る。化合物(i-3)と化合物(h-6)を鈴木カップリングすることで化合物(i-4)を得ることが出来る。
(9) Mesogen synthesis-8
Starting from commercially available compound (i-1), compound (i-2) can be obtained by acting an appropriate protecting group such as THP and Bn. After reacting the compound (i-2) with n-BuLi, trimethyl borate is added to obtain the compound (i-3). The compound (i-4) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling the compound (i-3) and the compound (h-6).
(10)メソゲン合成―9
化合物(f-5)を出発物として、n-BuLiと反応させた後、(8)の化合物(h-4)を加えると化合物(j-1)を得ることが出来る。化合物(j-1)をシラン還元することで、化合物(j-2)を得ることが出来る。化合物(j-2)をトリフラート化することで化合物(j-3)を得ることが出来る。化合物(j-3)と化合物(f-3)を鈴木カップリングすることで化合物(J-4)を得ることが出来る。
(10) Mesogen synthesis-9
Compound (j-1) can be obtained by reacting n-BuLi with compound (f-5) as a starting material and then adding compound (h-4) in (8). The compound (j-2) can be obtained by subjecting the compound (j-1) to silane reduction. The compound (j-3) can be obtained by triflating the compound (j-2). The compound (J-4) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling the compound (j-3) and the compound (f-3).
(11)リンカー合成―1
化合物(h-5)を出発物として、n-BuLiと反応させた後、化合物(h-1)を加えると化合物(k-1)を得ることが出来る。化合物(k-1)をシラン還元することで、化合物(k-2)を得ることが出来る。化合物(k-2)のアセタール基をギ酸で脱保護することにより化合物(k-3)を得ることが出来る。ジメチルホスホノ酢酸エチルとt-BuOKの中に化合物(k-3)を加えることで化合物(k-4)を得ることが出来る。化合物(k-4)を水素雰囲気下、炭素パラジウムを用いて水素添加することにより化合物(k-5)を得たのち、水素化アルミニウムリチウムにより還元することで化合物(k-6)を得ることが出来る。
(11) Linker synthesis-1
The compound (h-1) can be obtained by reacting the compound (h-5) as a starting material with n-BuLi and then adding the compound (h-1). The compound (k-2) can be obtained by subjecting the compound (k-1) to silane reduction. The compound (k-3) can be obtained by deprotecting the acetal group of the compound (k-2) with formic acid. The compound (k-4) can be obtained by adding the compound (k-3) into ethyl dimethylphosphonoacetate and t-BuOK. Obtaining Compound (k-5) by Hydrogenating Compound (k-4) Using Carbon Palladium under Hydrogen Atmosphere, and then Obtaining Compound (k-6) by Reduction with Lithium Aluminum Hydride Can be done.
(12)リンカー合成―2
(メトキシメチル)トリフェニルホスホニウムクロリドとt-BuOKの中に化合物(k-3)を加えることで、化合物(l-1)を得ることが出来る。化合物(l-1)にp-トルエンスルホン酸とメタノールを作用させることで、化合物(l-2)を得ることが出来る。化合物(l-2)にギ酸を加え脱保護することで化合物(l-3)を得ることが出来る。市販されている化合物(l-4)とt-BuOKの中に化合物(l-3)を加えることで、化合物(l-5)を得ることが出来る。化合物(l-5)を水素雰囲気下、水酸化パラジウムを用いて還元することで化合物(l-6)を得ることが出来る。化合物(l-6)のアセタールをギ酸で脱保護することで化合物(l-7)を得ることが出来る。化合物(l-7)を水素化ホウ素ナトリウムを用いて還元することで化合物(l-8)を得ることが出来る。
(12) Linker synthesis-2
The compound (1-1) can be obtained by adding the compound (k-3) into (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride and t-BuOK. The compound (l-2) can be obtained by reacting the compound (l-1) with p-toluenesulfonic acid and methanol. The compound (l-3) can be obtained by adding formic acid to the compound (l-2) for deprotection. The compound (1-5) can be obtained by adding the compound (1-3) to the commercially available compound (1-4) and t-BuOK. Compound (1-6) can be obtained by reducing compound (1-5) with palladium hydroxide in a hydrogen atmosphere. The compound (1-7) can be obtained by deprotecting the acetal of the compound (1-6) with formic acid. The compound (1-8) can be obtained by reducing the compound (1-7) with sodium borohydride.
(13)リンカー合成―3
市販されている化合物(m-1)に水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウムを加え還元することで化合物(m-2)を得ることが出来る。化合物(m-2)をTHP、Bnなどの適切な保護基を作用させることで化合物(m-3)を得ることが出来る。化合物(m-3)とn-BuLiと反応させた後、ほう酸トリメチルを加えると化合物(m-4)を得ることが出来る。化合物(m-4)と化合物(h-6)を鈴木カップリングすることで化合物(m-5)を得ることが出来る。
(13) Linker synthesis-3
The compound (m-2) can be obtained by adding diisobutylaluminum hydride and reducing the commercially available compound (m-1). The compound (m-3) can be obtained by reacting the compound (m-2) with an appropriate protecting group such as THP and Bn. After reacting the compound (m-3) with n-BuLi, trimethyl borate is added to obtain the compound (m-4). Compound (m-5) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling of compound (m-4) and compound (h-6).
(14)リンカー合成-4
市販されている化合物(n-1)に、THP、Bnなどの適切な保護基を作用させることで化合物(n-2)を得ることが出来る。市販されている化合物(l-4)とt-BuOKの中に化合物(n-2)を加えることで、化合物(n-3)を得ることが出来る。化合物(n-3)を水素雰囲気下、水酸化パラジウムを用いて還元することで化合物(n-4)を得ることが出来る。化合物(l-6)のアセタールをギ酸で脱保護することで化合物(n-5)を得ることが出来る。化合物(n-5)を水素化ホウ素ナトリウムを用いて還元することで化合物(n-6)を得ることが出来る。化合物(n-6)にTHP、Bnなどの適切な保護基を作用させることで化合物(n-7)を得ることが出来る。化合物(n-7)を脱保護することで、化合物(n-8)を得ることが出来る。化合物(n-8)をトリフラート化することで化合物(n-9)を得ることが出来る。化合物(n-9)とn-BuLiと反応させた後、ほう酸トリメチルを加えると化合物(n-10)を得ることが出来る。化合物(n-10)と化合物(h-6)を鈴木カップリングすることで化合物(n-11)を得ることが出来る。
(14) Linker synthesis-4
The compound (n-2) can be obtained by reacting a commercially available compound (n-1) with an appropriate protecting group such as THP and Bn. The compound (n-3) can be obtained by adding the compound (n-2) to the commercially available compound (1-4) and t-BuOK. The compound (n-4) can be obtained by reducing the compound (n-3) with palladium hydroxide in a hydrogen atmosphere. The compound (n-5) can be obtained by deprotecting the acetal of the compound (1-6) with formic acid. The compound (n-6) can be obtained by reducing the compound (n-5) with sodium borohydride. Compound (n-7) can be obtained by reacting compound (n-6) with a suitable protecting group such as THP and Bn. The compound (n-8) can be obtained by deprotecting the compound (n-7). The compound (n-9) can be obtained by triflating the compound (n-8). After reacting compound (n-9) with n-BuLi, trimethyl borate is added to obtain compound (n-10). The compound (n-11) can be obtained by Suzuki coupling the compound (n-10) and the compound (h-6).
(15)SPおよびPの導入-2
市販されているか、もしくは上記(1)~(10)の適切な環構造を有するメソゲン(MES)を出発物として一般的な有機合成法に従って合成することができる。
MESとSpがエーテル、またはエステル結合で連結している化合物を合成する場合は、化合物(60)を出発物として、脱保護し化合物(61)を得ることが出来る。続いて、エーテル化の場合は、化合物(61)に化合物(62)および水酸化カリウムなどの塩基を用いることにより、化合物(63)を得ることができる。エステル化の場合は化合物(61)に化合物(62)およびDCC等の縮合剤を用いることにより化合物(63)を得ることが出来る。他の側鎖も同様に、脱保護した後SpやPをエーテル化またはエステル化により導入することで化合物(73)を得ることが出来る。
Pが式(1b-4)または式(1b-5)で表される基である化合物(1B)は、化合物(73)から、化合物(74)、DCCおよびDMAPの存在下でエステル化反応を行うことにより化合物(1B)に誘導できる。
(15) Introduction of SP and P-2
It is commercially available, or can be synthesized according to a general organic synthesis method using a mesogen (MES) having an appropriate ring structure of the above (1) to (10) as a starting material.
When synthesizing a compound in which MES and Sp are linked by an ether or ester bond, compound (60) can be used as a starting material and deprotected to give compound (61). Subsequently, in the case of etherification, the compound (63) can be obtained by using the compound (62) and a base such as potassium hydroxide for the compound (61). In the case of esterification, the compound (63) can be obtained by using the compound (62) and a condensing agent such as DCC in the compound (61). Similarly, the other side chain can be deprotected, and then Sp or P can be introduced by etherification or esterification to obtain the compound (73).
The compound (1B) in which P is a group represented by the formula (1b-4) or the formula (1b-5) is obtained by subjecting the compound (73) to an esterification reaction in the presence of the compound (74), DCC and DMAP. The compound (1B) can be derived by carrying out.
(16)SpおよびPの導入-3
MESとSp2が単結合で連結している化合物を合成する場合は、化合物(75)を出発物として、化合物(76)、パラジウムなどの金属触媒、および塩基を使用してクロスカップリング反応を行うことによって、化合物(77)を得ることができる。その後SpやPをエーテル化またはエステル化により導入することで化合物(84)を得ることが出来る。Pが式(1b-4)または式(1b-5)で表される基である化合物(1C)は、化合物(84)から、化合物(74)、DCCおよびDMAPの存在下でエステル化反応を行うことにより化合物(1C)に誘導できる。
(16) Introduction of Sp and P-3
When synthesizing a compound in which MES and Sp 2 are linked by a single bond, a cross-coupling reaction is performed using compound (75) as a starting material, compound (76), a metal catalyst such as palladium, and a base. Compound (77) can be obtained by carrying out. Then, Compound (84) can be obtained by introducing Sp or P by etherification or esterification. The compound (1C) in which P is a group represented by the formula (1b-4) or the formula (1b-5) is obtained by subjecting the compound (84) to an esterification reaction in the presence of the compound (74), DCC and DMAP. The compound (1C) can be derived by carrying out.
3.液晶組成物
3-1.成分化合物
本発明の液晶組成物は、化合物(1)を成分Aとして含む。化合物(1)は、素子の基板との非共有結合的な相互作用によって、液晶分子の配向を制御することができる。この組成物は、化合物(1)を成分Aとして含み、下記成分B、C、D、およびEから選択された少なくとも1つの液晶性化合物をさらに含むことが好ましい。成分Bは、化合物(2)から(4)である。成分Cは、化合物(2)から(4)以外の化合物(5)から(7)である。成分Dは、化合物(8)である。成分Eは、化合物(11)から(19)である。この組成物は、化合物(2)から(8)および(11)から(19)とは異なる、その他の液晶性化合物を含んでもよい。この組成物を調製するときには、正または負の誘電率異方性の大きさなどを考慮して成分B、C、D、およびEを選択することが好ましい。成分を適切に選択した組成物は、高い上限温度、低い下限温度、低粘度、適切な光学異方性(すなわち、大きな光学異方性または小さな光学異方性)、正または負に大きな誘電率異方性、大きな比抵抗、熱または紫外線に対する安定性、および適切な弾性定数(すなわち、大きな弾性定数または小さな弾性定数)を有する。
3. Liquid crystal composition 3-1. Component Compound The liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains the compound (1) as the component A. The compound (1) can control the alignment of liquid crystal molecules by the non-covalent interaction with the substrate of the device. This composition preferably contains the compound (1) as the component A, and further contains at least one liquid crystal compound selected from the following components B, C, D and E. Ingredient B is compounds (2) to (4). Component C is compounds (5) to (7) other than compounds (2) to (4). Ingredient D is compound (8). Ingredient E is compounds (11) to (19). This composition may contain other liquid crystal compounds different from the compounds (2) to (8) and (11) to (19). When preparing this composition, it is preferable to select the components B, C, D, and E in consideration of the magnitude of positive or negative dielectric anisotropy. A composition with properly selected components has a high maximum temperature, a low minimum temperature, a low viscosity, an appropriate optical anisotropy (that is, large optical anisotropy or small optical anisotropy), and a large positive or negative dielectric constant. It has anisotropy, large resistivity, stability to heat or ultraviolet light, and a suitable elastic constant (ie, large elastic constant or small elastic constant).
化合物(1)は、液晶分子の配向を制御する目的で、組成物に添加される。液晶組成物100重量%に対する化合物(1)の好ましい割合は、液晶分子を容易に配向させることができる等の点から、0.05重量%以上であり、素子の表示不良をより防ぐことができる等の点から、10重量%以下であることが好ましい。さらに好ましい割合は、0.1重量%から7重量%の範囲であり、より好ましい割合は、0.4重量%から5重量%の範囲であり、特に好ましい割合は、0.5重量%から5重量%の範囲である。これらの割合は、化合物(20)を含む組成物に対しても適用される。 Compound (1) is added to the composition for the purpose of controlling the alignment of liquid crystal molecules. The preferable ratio of the compound (1) to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition is 0.05% by weight or more from the viewpoint that liquid crystal molecules can be easily aligned, etc., and it is possible to further prevent defective display of the device. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably 10% by weight or less. A more desirable ratio is in the range of 0.1 wt% to 7 wt %, a more desirable ratio is in the range of 0.4 wt% to 5 wt %, and a particularly desirable ratio is in the range of 0.5 wt% to 5 wt %. It is in the range of% by weight. These ratios also apply to compositions containing compound (20).
成分Bは、2つの末端基がアルキルなどである化合物である。成分Bは、小さな誘電率異方性を有する。成分Bの好ましい例として、化合物(2-1)から(2-11)、化合物(3-1)から(3-19)、および化合物(4-1)から(4-7)を挙げることができる。これらの化合物において、R11およびR12は独立して、炭素数1から10のアルキルまたは炭素数2から10のアルケニルであり、このアルキルまたはアルケニルにおいて、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよい。 Component B is a compound in which the two end groups are alkyl and the like. The component B has a small dielectric anisotropy. Preferred examples of the component B include compounds (2-1) to (2-11), compounds (3-1) to (3-19), and compounds (4-1) to (4-7). it can. In these compounds, R 11 and R 12 are independently alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, wherein at least one —CH 2 — is —O— May be replaced with and at least one hydrogen may be replaced with fluorine.
成分Bは、誘電率異方性の絶対値が小さいので、中性に近い化合物である。化合物(2)は、主として粘度の減少または光学異方性の調整に効果がある。化合物(3)および(4)は、上限温度を高くすることによってネマチック相の温度範囲を広げる効果、または光学異方性の調整に効果がある。 Component B has a small absolute value of dielectric anisotropy, so it is a compound close to neutrality. The compound (2) is mainly effective in decreasing the viscosity or adjusting the optical anisotropy. The compounds (3) and (4) are effective in increasing the temperature range of the nematic phase by increasing the maximum temperature or in adjusting the optical anisotropy.
成分Bの含有量を増加させるにつれて組成物の誘電率異方性が小さくなるが粘度は小さくなる。このため、素子のしきい値電圧の要求値を満たす限り、成分Bの含有量は多いほうが好ましい。成分Bの含有量は、液晶組成物100重量%に対し、好ましくは30重量%以上、さらに好ましくは40重量%以上であり、その上限は特に制限されないが、例えば99.95重量%である。 As the content of component B is increased, the dielectric anisotropy of the composition decreases, but the viscosity decreases. Therefore, as long as the required value of the threshold voltage of the device is satisfied, the content of the component B is preferably large. The content of the component B is preferably 30% by weight or more, more preferably 40% by weight or more based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition, and the upper limit thereof is not particularly limited, but is 99.95% by weight, for example.
成分Cは、少なくとも一方の末端にフッ素、塩素またはフッ素含有基を有する化合物である。成分Cは、正に大きな誘電率異方性を有する。成分Cの好ましい例として、化合物(5-1)から(5-16)、化合物(6-1)から(6-116)、化合物(7-1)から(7-59)を挙げることができる。成分Cの化合物において、R13は炭素数1から10のアルキルまたは炭素数2から10のアルケニルであり、このアルキルおよびアルケニルにおいて、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよく;X11は、フッ素、塩素、-OCF3、-OCHF2、-CF3、-CHF2、-CH2F、-OCF2CHF2、または-OCF2CHFCF3である。 Component C is a compound having a fluorine, chlorine or fluorine-containing group at at least one end. The component C has a positively large dielectric anisotropy. Preferred examples of the component C include compounds (5-1) to (5-16), compounds (6-1) to (6-116), and compounds (7-1) to (7-59). .. In the compound of component C, R 13 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and in the alkyl and alkenyl, at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—. , At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine; X 11 is fluorine, chlorine, —OCF 3 , —OCHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CHF 2 , —CH 2 F, —OCF 2 CHF 2 , or -OCF 2 CHFCF 3 .
成分Cは、誘電率異方性が正であり、熱、光などに対する安定性が非常に良好であるので、IPS、FFS、OCBなどのモード用の組成物を調製する場合に好適に用いられる。液晶組成物100重量%に対する成分Cの含有量は、1重量%から99重量%の範囲が適しており、好ましくは10重量%から97重量%の範囲、さらに好ましくは40重量%から95重量%の範囲である。成分Cを誘電率異方性が負である組成物に添加する場合、成分Cの含有量は液晶組成物100重量%に対し、30重量%以下が好ましい。成分Cを添加することにより、組成物の弾性定数を調整し、素子の電圧-透過率曲線を調整することが可能となる。 Component C has a positive dielectric anisotropy and has very good stability against heat, light and the like, and therefore is preferably used when preparing a composition for modes such as IPS, FFS and OCB. .. The content of the component C relative to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition is suitably in the range of 1% by weight to 99% by weight, preferably 10% by weight to 97% by weight, more preferably 40% by weight to 95% by weight. The range is. When the component C is added to the composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy, the content of the component C is preferably 30% by weight or less based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition. By adding the component C, the elastic constant of the composition can be adjusted and the voltage-transmittance curve of the device can be adjusted.
成分Dは、片末端基が-C≡Nまたは-C≡C-C≡Nである化合物(8)である。成分Dは、シアノ基を有するので正により大きな誘電率異方性を有する。成分Dの好ましい例として、化合物(8-1)から(8-64)を挙げることができる。成分Dの化合物において、R14は炭素数1から10のアルキルまたは炭素数2から10のアルケニルであり、このアルキルおよびアルケニルにおいて、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよく;X12は-C≡Nまたは-C≡C-C≡Nである。 The component D is a compound (8) in which one end group is —C≡N or —C≡C—C≡N. Since the component D has a cyano group, it has a larger positive dielectric anisotropy. Preferred examples of the component D include compounds (8-1) to (8-64). In the compound of component D, R 14 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and in the alkyl and alkenyl, at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—. , At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine; X 12 is —C≡N or —C≡C—C≡N.
成分Dは、誘電率異方性が正であり、その値が大きいので、TNなどのモード用の組成物を調製する場合に主として用いられる。この成分Dを添加することにより、組成物の誘電率異方性を大きくすることができる。成分Dは、液晶相の温度範囲を広げる、粘度を調整する、または光学異方性を調整する、という効果がある。成分Dは、素子の電圧-透過率曲線の調整にも有用である。 Component D has a positive dielectric anisotropy and has a large value, so it is mainly used when preparing a composition for modes such as TN. By adding this component D, the dielectric anisotropy of the composition can be increased. The component D is effective in extending the temperature range of the liquid crystal phase, adjusting the viscosity, or adjusting the optical anisotropy. Component D is also useful for adjusting the voltage-transmittance curve of the device.
液晶組成物100重量%に対する成分Dの含有量は、1重量%から99重量%の範囲が適しており、好ましくは10重量%から97重量%の範囲、さらに好ましくは40重量%から95重量%の範囲である。成分Dを誘電率異方性が負である組成物に添加する場合、成分Dの含有量は液晶組成物100重量%に対し、30重量%以下が好ましい。成分Dを添加することにより、組成物の弾性定数を調整し、素子の電圧-透過率曲線を調整することが可能となる。 The content of the component D relative to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition is suitably in the range of 1% by weight to 99% by weight, preferably 10% by weight to 97% by weight, more preferably 40% by weight to 95% by weight. The range is. When the component D is added to the composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy, the content of the component D is preferably 30% by weight or less based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition. By adding the component D, the elastic constant of the composition can be adjusted and the voltage-transmittance curve of the device can be adjusted.
成分Eは、化合物(11)から(19)である。成分Eは、負に大きな誘電率異方性を有する。これらの化合物は、2,3-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレンのように、ラテラル位が2つのハロゲン(フッ素または塩素)で置換されたフェニレンを有する。成分Eの好ましい例として、化合物(11-1)から(11-9)、化合物(12-1)から(12-19)、化合物(13-1)および(13-2)、化合物(14-1)から(14-3)、化合物(15-1)から(15-3)、化合物(16-1)から(16-11)、化合物(17-1)から(17-3)、化合物(18-1)から(18-3)、および化合物(19-1)を挙げることができる。これらの化合物において、R15、R16、およびR17は独立して、炭素数1から10のアルキルまたは炭素数2から10のアルケニルであり、このアルキルおよびアルケニルにおいて、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は-O-で置き換えられてもよく、これらの基において、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよく、そしてR17は、水素またはフッ素であってもよい。 Ingredient E is compounds (11) to (19). The component E has a large negative dielectric anisotropy. These compounds have phenylene substituted in the lateral position with two halogens (fluorine or chlorine), such as 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene. Preferred examples of the component E include compounds (11-1) to (11-9), compounds (12-1) to (12-19), compounds (13-1) and (13-2), compound (14- 1) to (14-3), compounds (15-1) to (15-3), compounds (16-1) to (16-11), compounds (17-1) to (17-3), compounds ( 18-1) to (18-3) and the compound (19-1) can be mentioned. In these compounds, R 15 , R 16 , and R 17 are independently alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, wherein at least one —CH 2 — May be replaced by —O—, in these groups at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine, and R 17 may be hydrogen or fluorine.
成分Eは、誘電率異方性が負に大きい。成分Eは、IPS、VA、PSAなどのモード用の組成物を調製する場合に好適に用いられる。成分Eの含有量を増加させるにつれて組成物の誘電率異方性が負に大きくなるが、粘度が大きくなる。このため、素子のしきい値電圧の要求値を満たす限り、含有量は少ないほうが好ましい。誘電率異方性が-5程度であることを考慮すると、充分な電圧駆動をさせるには、液晶組成物100重量%に対する成分Eの含有量は、40重量%以上であることが好ましい。 Component E has a large negative dielectric anisotropy. Ingredient E is suitably used when preparing a composition for modes such as IPS, VA, PSA. As the content of the component E is increased, the dielectric anisotropy of the composition increases negatively, but the viscosity increases. Therefore, it is preferable that the content is small as long as the required threshold voltage of the device is satisfied. Considering that the dielectric anisotropy is about -5, the content of the component E is preferably 40% by weight or more with respect to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition in order to drive the voltage sufficiently.
成分Eのうち、化合物(11)は二環化合物であるので、粘度を下げる、光学異方性を調整する、または誘電率異方性を上げる効果がある。化合物(12)および(13)は三環化合物であり、化合物(14)は四環化合物であるので、上限温度を上げる、光学異方性を上げる、または誘電率異方性を上げるという効果がある。化合物(15)から(19)は、誘電率異方性を上げるという効果がある。 Since the compound (11) of the component E is a bicyclic compound, it has the effect of lowering the viscosity, adjusting the optical anisotropy, or increasing the dielectric anisotropy. Since the compounds (12) and (13) are tricyclic compounds and the compound (14) is a tetracyclic compound, they have the effects of increasing the maximum temperature, increasing the optical anisotropy, or increasing the dielectric anisotropy. is there. The compounds (15) to (19) have the effect of increasing the dielectric anisotropy.
成分Eの含有量は、液晶組成物100重量%に対し、好ましくは40重量%以上であり、さらに好ましくは50重量%から95重量%の範囲である。成分Eを誘電率異方性が正である組成物に添加する場合は、成分Eの含有量は、液晶組成物100重量%に対し、30重量%以下が好ましい。成分Eを添加することにより、組成物の弾性定数を調整し、素子の電圧-透過率曲線を調整することが可能となる。 The content of the component E is preferably 40% by weight or more, and more preferably 50% by weight to 95% by weight, based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition. When the component E is added to the composition having a positive dielectric anisotropy, the content of the component E is preferably 30% by weight or less based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition. By adding the component E, the elastic constant of the composition can be adjusted and the voltage-transmittance curve of the device can be adjusted.
以上に述べた成分B、C、D、およびEを適切に組み合わせることによって、高い上限温度、低い下限温度、小さな粘度、適切な光学異方性、正または負に大きな誘電率異方性、大きな比抵抗、紫外線に対する高い安定性、熱に対する高い安定性、大きな弾性定数などの特性の少なくとも1つを充足する液晶組成物を調製することができる。 By appropriately combining the components B, C, D, and E described above, a high maximum temperature, a low minimum temperature, a small viscosity, an appropriate optical anisotropy, a large positive or negative dielectric anisotropy, and a large dielectric anisotropy. A liquid crystal composition satisfying at least one of properties such as specific resistance, high stability against ultraviolet rays, high stability against heat, and large elastic constant can be prepared.
3-2.添加物
液晶組成物は公知の方法によって調製される。例えば、前記成分を混合し、そして加熱によって互いに溶解させる方法が挙げられる。用途に応じて、この組成物に添加物を添加してよい。添加物の例は、化合物(1)以外の重合性化合物、極性化合物、重合開始剤、重合禁止剤、光学活性化合物、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤、熱安定剤、色素、消泡剤などである。このような添加物は当業者によく知られており、文献に記載されている。
3-2. Additive The liquid crystal composition is prepared by a known method. For example, there may be mentioned a method of mixing the above components and dissolving them by heating. Additives may be added to the composition depending on the application. Examples of additives include polymerizable compounds other than compound (1), polar compounds, polymerization initiators, polymerization inhibitors, optically active compounds, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, light stabilizers, heat stabilizers, dyes, and decolorizers. For example, a foaming agent. Such additives are well known to the person skilled in the art and are described in the literature.
重合性化合物は、液晶組成物中に重合体を生成させる目的で添加される。電極間に電圧を印加した状態で紫外線を照射して、化合物(1)を重合させることによって、重合体を生成させることができる。この際、化合物(1)は、その極性基がガラス(または金属酸化物)の基板表面と非共有結合的に相互作用した状態で固定化される。これにより、液晶分子の配向を制御する能力がさらに向上し、適切なプレチルト角が得られるので、応答時間が短縮される。 The polymerizable compound is added for the purpose of forming a polymer in the liquid crystal composition. A polymer can be produced by polymerizing the compound (1) by irradiating it with ultraviolet rays while applying a voltage between the electrodes. At this time, the compound (1) is immobilized in a state where its polar group interacts non-covalently with the surface of the glass (or metal oxide) substrate. As a result, the ability to control the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules is further improved and an appropriate pretilt angle is obtained, so that the response time is shortened.
重合性化合物の好ましい例は、アクリレート、メタクリレート、ビニル化合物、ビニルオキシ化合物、プロペニルエーテル、エポキシ化合物(オキシラン、オキセタン)、およびビニルケトンである。さらに好ましい例は、少なくとも1つのアクリロイルオキシを有する化合物および少なくとも1つのメタクリロイルオキシを有する化合物である。さらに好ましい例には、アクリロイルオキシとメタクリロイルオキシの両方を有する化合物も含まれる。
重合性化合物の特に好ましい例は、化合物(20)が挙げられる。化合物(20)は、化合物(1)とは異なる化合物である。化合物(1)は極性基を有する。一方、化合物(20)は、極性基を有さないことが好ましい。
Preferred examples of the polymerizable compound are acrylate, methacrylate, vinyl compound, vinyloxy compound, propenyl ether, epoxy compound (oxirane, oxetane), and vinyl ketone. Further preferred examples are compounds with at least one acryloyloxy and compounds with at least one methacryloyloxy. Further preferred examples also include compounds having both acryloyloxy and methacryloyloxy.
A particularly preferable example of the polymerizable compound is the compound (20). The compound (20) is a compound different from the compound (1). The compound (1) has a polar group. On the other hand, the compound (20) preferably has no polar group.
式(20)において、環Fおよび環Iは独立して、シクロヘキシル、シクロヘキセニル、フェニル、1-ナフチル、2-ナフチル、テトラヒドロピラン-2-イル、1,3-ジオキサン-2-イル、ピリミジン-2-イル、またはピリジン-2-イルであり、この環Fおよび環Iにおいて、少なくとも1つの水素は、ハロゲン、炭素数1から12のアルキル、炭素数1から12のアルコキシ、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から12のアルキルで置き換えられてもよい。 In formula (20), ring F and ring I are independently cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, tetrahydropyran-2-yl, 1,3-dioxan-2-yl, pyrimidine- 2-yl or pyridin-2-yl, and in the ring F and ring I, at least one hydrogen is halogen, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or at least one hydrogen. May be replaced by an alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons which is replaced by halogen.
好ましい環Fまたは環Iは、シクロヘキシル、シクロヘキセニル、フェニル、フルオロフェニル、ジフルオロフェニル、1-ナフチル、または2-ナフチルである。さらに好ましい環Fまたは環Iは、シクロヘキシル、シクロヘキセニル、またはフェニルである。特に好ましい環Fまたは環Iは、フェニルである。 Preferred ring F or ring I is cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, difluorophenyl, 1-naphthyl, or 2-naphthyl. More desirable ring F or ring I is cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, or phenyl. Particularly preferred ring F or ring I is phenyl.
式(20)において、環Gは、1,4-シクロへキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-1,2-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,3-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,4-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,5-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,6-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,7-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,8-ジイル、ナフタレン-2,3-ジイル、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、ナフタレン-2,7-ジイル、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルであり、この環Gにおいて、少なくとも1つの水素は、ハロゲン、炭素数1から12のアルキル、炭素数1から12のアルコキシ、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から12のアルキルで置き換えられてもよい。 In the formula (20), ring G is 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-1,2-diyl, naphthalene-1,3-diyl, naphthalene- 1,4-diyl, naphthalene-1,5-diyl, naphthalene-1,6-diyl, naphthalene-1,7-diyl, naphthalene-1,8-diyl, naphthalene-2,3-diyl, naphthalene-2, 6-diyl, naphthalene-2,7-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or Pyridine-2,5-diyl, in which at least one hydrogen is halogen, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or at least one hydrogen is replaced by halogen. It may be replaced with alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons.
好ましい環Gは、1,4-シクロへキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-1,2-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,3-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,4-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,5-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,6-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,7-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,8-ジイル、ナフタレン-2,3-ジイル、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、ナフタレン-2,7-ジイルである。さらに好ましい環Gは、1,4-シクロへキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、または2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレンである。特に好ましい環Gは、1,4-フェニレンまたは2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレンである。最も好ましい環Gは、1,4-フェニレンである。 Preferred ring G is 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-1,2-diyl, naphthalene-1,3. -Diyl, naphthalene-1,4-diyl, naphthalene-1,5-diyl, naphthalene-1,6-diyl, naphthalene-1,7-diyl, naphthalene-1,8-diyl, naphthalene-2,3-diyl , Naphthalene-2,6-diyl and naphthalene-2,7-diyl. More preferred ring G is 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, or 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene. Particularly preferred ring G is 1,4-phenylene or 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene. The most preferred ring G is 1,4-phenylene.
式(20)において、Z22およびZ23は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このZ22およびZ23において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、または-OCO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-、-C(CH3)=CH-、-CH=C(CH3)-、または-C(CH3)=C(CH3)-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよい。好ましいZ22またはZ23は、単結合、-CH2CH2-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、-COO-、または-OCO-である。さらに好ましいZ22またはZ23は、単結合である。 In formula (20), Z 22 and Z 23 are independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, and in this Z 22 and Z 23 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, It may be replaced by —CO—, —COO—, or —OCO—, and at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — is —CH═CH—, —C(CH 3 )═CH—, —CH═C. It may be replaced by (CH 3 )-, or -C(CH 3 )=C(CH 3 )- and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine. Preferred Z 22 or Z 23 is a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —COO—, or —OCO—. More desirable Z 22 or Z 23 is a single bond.
化合物(20)において、P11、P12、およびP13は独立して、重合性基である。好ましいP11からP13は、式(P-1)から式(P-5)で表される重合性基の群から選択された基である。さらに好ましいP11からP13は、式(P-1)、式(P-2)、または式(P-3)で表される基ある。特に好ましいP11からP13は、式(P-1)で表される基ある。式(P-1)で表される好ましい基は、アクリロイルオキシ(-OCO-CH=CH2)またはメタクリロイルオキシ(-OCO-C(CH3)=CH2)である。式(P-1)から式(P-5)の波線は、結合する部位を示す。 In the compound (20), P 11 , P 12 , and P 13 are independently a polymerizable group. Preferred P 11 to P 13 are groups selected from the group of polymerizable groups represented by formula (P-1) to formula (P-5). More desirable P 11 to P 13 are groups represented by formula (P-1), formula (P-2), or formula (P-3). Particularly preferred P 11 to P 13 are groups represented by formula (P-1). A preferred group represented by the formula (P-1) is acryloyloxy (-OCO-CH=CH 2 ) or methacryloyloxy (-OCO-C(CH 3 )=CH 2 ). The wavy lines in the formulas (P-1) to (P-5) indicate binding sites.
式(P-1)から式(P-5)において、M11、M12、およびM13は独立して、水素、フッ素、炭素数1から5のアルキル、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から5のアルキルである。好ましいM11、M12、またはM13は、反応性を上げるために水素またはメチルである。さらに好ましいM11は水素またはメチルであり、さらに好ましいM12またはM13は水素である。 In formulas (P-1) to (P-5), M 11 , M 12 and M 13 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, or at least one hydrogen is replaced with halogen. And is an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons. Preferred M 11 , M 12 or M 13 is hydrogen or methyl for increasing the reactivity. More preferred M 11 is hydrogen or methyl, and more preferred M 12 or M 13 is hydrogen.
式(20)において、Sp11、Sp12、およびSp13は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このSp11、Sp12、およびSp13において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよい。好ましいSp11、Sp12、またはSp13は、単結合である。 In the formula (20), Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 are independently a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, and in the Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, and at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — is —CH═CH— or —C≡C—. It may be replaced and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine. Preferred Sp 11 , Sp 12 or Sp 13 is a single bond.
式(20)において、uは、0、1、または2である。好ましいuは0または1である。 In the formula (20), u is 0, 1, or 2. Preferred u is 0 or 1.
式(20)において、f、g、およびhは独立して、0、1、2、3、または4であり、そして、f、g、およびhの和は、1以上である。好ましいf、g、またはhは、1または2である。好ましい和は、2、3または4である。さらに好ましい和は、2または3である。 In formula (20), f, g, and h are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, and the sum of f, g, and h is 1 or more. Preferred f, g, or h is 1 or 2. The preferred sum is 2, 3 or 4. A further preferred sum is 2 or 3.
化合物(20)の好ましい例は、項15に記載の化合物(20-1)から化合物(20-7)および下記の化合物(20-8)から(20-11)である。さらに好ましい例は、下記の化合物(20-1-1)から(20-1-5)、化合物(20-2-1)から(20-2-5)、化合物(20-4-1)、化合物(20-5-1)、化合物(20-6-1)、および化合物(20-7-1)である。これらの化合物において、R25からR31は独立して、水素またはメチルであり;v、およびxは独立して、0または1であり;tおよびuは独立して、1から10の整数であり、t+vおよびx+uはそれぞれ最大で10であり;L31からL36は独立して、水素またはフッ素であり、L37およびL38は独立して、水素、フッ素、またはメチルである。 Preferred examples of the compound (20) are the compounds (20-1) to (20-7) and the following compounds (20-8) to (20-11) described in Item 15. More preferred examples are the following compounds (20-1-1) to (20-1-5), compounds (20-2-1) to (20-2-5), compound (20-4-1), A compound (20-5-1), a compound (20-6-1), and a compound (20-7-1). In these compounds, R 25 to R 31 are independently hydrogen or methyl; v and x are independently 0 or 1; t and u are independently integers from 1 to 10. And t+v and x+u are each at most 10; L 31 to L 36 are independently hydrogen or fluorine, and L 37 and L 38 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, or methyl.
化合物(1)以外にも、極性化合物を混合して用いることができる。極性化合物は化合物(1)と同様に、極性基がガラス(または金属酸化物)等の基板表面と非共有結合的に相互作用し、液晶分子の配向を制御する目的で添加される。このような極性化合物は、化合物(1)と同様に、素子に密閉された条件下では化学的に安定であり、液晶分子を配向させる能力が高く、液晶表示素子に用いた場合の電圧保持率が大きく、そして液晶組成物への溶解度が大きいことが好ましい。極性化合物を混合することにより、化合物(1)の配向性や電圧保持率をさらに向上することができ、残像を抑制し、安定なプレチルト角の形成が可能となる。 Besides the compound (1), a polar compound can be mixed and used. Similar to the compound (1), the polar compound is added for the purpose of controlling the alignment of liquid crystal molecules by allowing the polar group to interact non-covalently with the substrate surface such as glass (or metal oxide). Like the compound (1), such a polar compound is chemically stable under the condition of being sealed in the device, has a high ability to align liquid crystal molecules, and has a voltage holding ratio when used in a liquid crystal display device. Is preferably high and the solubility in the liquid crystal composition is high. By mixing the polar compound, the orientation of the compound (1) and the voltage holding ratio can be further improved, an afterimage can be suppressed, and a stable pretilt angle can be formed.
極性化合物の好ましい例は、化合物(21)から(24)が挙げられる。
式(21)、(22)、(23)および(24)において、R50は、水素、フッ素、塩素、炭素数1から12のアルキル、炭素数1から12のアルコキシ、炭素数2から12のアルケニル、少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素または塩素で置き換えられた炭素数1から12のアルキル、または少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた炭素数2から12のアルケニルであり;
R51は、-OH、-CH(CH2OH)2、-NH2、-OR53、-N(R53)2、または-Si(R53)3で表される基であり、ここで、R53は、水素または炭素数1から7のアルキルであり、このR53において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素で置き換えられてもよく;
R52は、水素、フッ素、または炭素数1から5のアルキルであり、このR52において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく;
R54は、-OH、-NH2、-OR53、-N(R53)2、または-Si(R53)3で表される基であり、ここで、R53は、水素または炭素数1から7のアルキルであり、このR53において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-で置き換えられてもよく、これらの基において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素で置き換えられてもよく;
環A50および環B50は、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルであり、この環A50および環B50において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、炭素数1から12のアルキル、炭素数1から12のアルコキシ、または少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた炭素数1から12のアルキルで置き換えられてもよく;
Z50は、単結合、-CH2CH2-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、または-CF=CF-であり;
Sp51、Sp52、Sp53およびSp54は、単結合または炭素数1から7のアルキレンであり、このSp51、Sp52、Sp53およびSp54において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-COO-、または-OCO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素で置き換えられてもよく;
a50は、0、1、2、3、または4であり;
a51は、1または2であり;
lは、0、1、2、3、4、5、または6であり、このアルキレンの少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、これらの基において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素で置き換えられてもよい。
Preferred examples of the polar compound include compounds (21) to (24).
In formulas (21), (22), (23) and (24), R 50 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or R 2 having 2 to 12 carbons. Alkenyl, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by fluorine or chlorine, or alkenyl having 2 to 12 carbons in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by fluorine;
R 51 is a group represented by —OH, —CH(CH 2 OH) 2 , —NH 2 , —OR 53 , —N(R 53 ) 2 , or —Si(R 53 ) 3 , and here, , R 53 is hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 7 carbons, and in this R 53 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one —CH 2 CH 2 —. May be replaced by -CH=CH- and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine;
R 52 is hydrogen, fluorine, or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, and in this R 52 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine or May be replaced by chlorine;
R 54 is a group represented by —OH, —NH 2 , —OR 53 , —N(R 53 ) 2 , or —Si(R 53 ) 3 , where R 53 is hydrogen or the number of carbon atoms. 1 to 7 alkyl, in which R 53 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH—. And in these groups at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine;
Ring A 50 and ring B 50 are 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3 -Dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl, wherein in ring A 50 and ring B 50 , at least one hydrogen is fluorine, carbon number 1 to 12 alkyl, 1-12 alkoxy, or at least one hydrogen may be replaced by 1-12 alkyl in which fluorine is replaced;
Z 50 represents a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 O—. , —OCH 2 —, or —CF═CF—;
Sp 51 , Sp 52 , Sp 53 and Sp 54 are a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and in this Sp 51 , Sp 52 , Sp 53 and Sp 54 , at least one —CH 2 — is — May be replaced by O—, —COO—, or —OCO—, at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH—, and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine. May be given;
a 50 is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
a 51 is 1 or 2;
l is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 and at least one —CH 2 — of this alkylene is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or — OCOO—, at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced with —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and in these groups at least one hydrogen is fluorine. May be replaced with.
さらに好ましい例は、以下の化合物が挙げられる。
More preferable examples include the following compounds.
組成物中の重合性化合物は、光ラジカル重合開始剤などの重合開始剤を用いることによって、速やかに重合させることができる。また、重合の際の反応条件を最適化することによって、残存する重合性化合物の量を減少させることができる。光ラジカル重合開始剤の例は、BASF社のダロキュアシリーズからTPO、1173、および4265が挙げられ、イルガキュアシリーズから184、369、500、651、784、819、907、1300、1700、1800、1850、および2959が挙げられる。 The polymerizable compound in the composition can be rapidly polymerized by using a polymerization initiator such as a photoradical polymerization initiator. In addition, the amount of the remaining polymerizable compound can be reduced by optimizing the reaction conditions during the polymerization. Examples of photo-radical polymerization initiators include TPO, 1173, and 4265 from Darocur series of BASF, and 184, 369, 500, 651, 784, 819, 907, 1300, 1700, 1800 from Irgacure series. 1850, and 2959.
光ラジカル重合開始剤の追加例は、4-メトキシフェニル-2,4-ビス(トリクロロメチル)トリアジン、2-(4-ブトキシスチリル)-5-トリクロロメチル-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、9-フェニルアクリジン、9,10-ベンズフェナジン、ベンゾフェノン/ミヒラーズケトン混合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール/メルカプトベンズイミダゾール混合物、1-(4-イソプロピルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、ベンジルジメチルケタール、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノプロパン-1-オン、2,4-ジエチルキサントン/p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸メチル混合物、ベンゾフェノン/メチルトリエタノールアミン混合物である。 Additional examples of the photo radical polymerization initiator include 4-methoxyphenyl-2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)triazine, 2-(4-butoxystyryl)-5-trichloromethyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 9-phenylacridine, 9,10-benzphenazine, benzophenone/Michler's ketone mixture, hexaarylbiimidazole/mercaptobenzimidazole mixture, 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, benzyl Dimethyl ketal, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2,4-diethylxanthone/methyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate mixture, benzophenone/methyltriethanolamine mixture Is.
液晶組成物に光ラジカル重合開始剤を添加した後、電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射することによって重合を行うことができる。しかし、未反応の重合開始剤または重合開始剤の分解生成物は、素子に画像の焼き付きなどの表示不良を引き起こす可能性がある。これを防ぐために重合開始剤を添加しないまま光重合を行ってもよい。照射する光の好ましい波長は150nmから500nmの範囲である。さらに好ましい波長は250nmから450nmの範囲であり、最も好ましい波長は300nmから400nmの範囲である。 After adding a photo-radical polymerization initiator to the liquid crystal composition, polymerization can be performed by irradiating with ultraviolet rays while applying an electric field. However, the unreacted polymerization initiator or the decomposition product of the polymerization initiator may cause display failure such as image sticking on the device. In order to prevent this, photopolymerization may be carried out without adding a polymerization initiator. The preferable wavelength of the light for irradiation is in the range of 150 nm to 500 nm. More preferred wavelengths are in the range 250 nm to 450 nm, and most preferred wavelengths are in the range 300 nm to 400 nm.
重合性化合物を保管するとき、重合を防止するために重合禁止剤を添加してもよい。重合性化合物は、通常は重合禁止剤を除去しないまま組成物に添加される。重合禁止剤の例は、ヒドロキノン、メチルヒドロキノンなどのヒドロキノン誘導体、4-t-ブチルカテコール、4-メトキシフェノ-ル、フェノチアジンである。 When storing a polymerizable compound, a polymerization inhibitor may be added to prevent polymerization. The polymerizable compound is usually added to the composition without removing the polymerization inhibitor. Examples of polymerization inhibitors are hydroquinone, hydroquinone derivatives such as methylhydroquinone, 4-t-butylcatechol, 4-methoxyphenol and phenothiazine.
光学活性化合物は、液晶分子にらせん構造を誘起して必要なねじれ角を与えることによって逆ねじれを防ぐ、という効果を有する。光学活性化合物を添加することによって、らせんピッチを調整することができる。らせんピッチの温度依存性を調整する目的で2つ以上の光学活性化合物を添加してもよい。光学活性化合物の好ましい例として、下記の化合物(Op-1)から(Op-18)を挙げることができる。化合物(Op-18)において、環Jは1,4-シクロへキシレンまたは1,4-フェニレンであり、R28は炭素数1から10のアルキルである。*印は不斉炭素を表す。 The optically active compound has an effect of preventing a reverse twist by inducing a helical structure in liquid crystal molecules and giving a necessary twist angle. The helical pitch can be adjusted by adding an optically active compound. Two or more optically active compounds may be added for the purpose of adjusting the temperature dependence of the helical pitch. Preferred examples of the optically active compound include the following compounds (Op-1) to (Op-18). In the compound (Op-18), ring J is 1,4-cyclohexylene or 1,4-phenylene, and R 28 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons. * Indicates an asymmetric carbon.
酸化防止剤は、大きな電圧保持率を維持するために有効である。酸化防止剤の好ましい例として、下記の化合物(AO-1)および(AO-2);Irganox415、Irganox565、Irganox1010、Irganox1035、Irganox3114、およびIrganox1098(商品名;BASF社)を挙げることができる。
紫外線吸収剤は、上限温度の低下を防ぐために有効である。紫外線吸収剤の好ましい例は、ベンゾフェノン誘導体、ベンゾエート誘導体、トリアゾール誘導体などであり、具体例として下記の化合物(AO-3)および(AO-4);Tinuvin329、TinuvinP、Tinuvin326、Tinuvin234、Tinuvin213、Tinuvin400、Tinuvin328、およびTinuvin99-2(商品名;BASF社);および1,4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン(DABCO)を挙げることができる。
The antioxidant is effective for maintaining a large voltage holding ratio. Preferred examples of the antioxidants include the following compounds (AO-1) and (AO-2); Irganox 415, Irganox 565, Irganox 1010, Irganox 1035, Irganox 3114, and Irganox 1098 (trade name; BASF Corporation).
The ultraviolet absorber is effective for preventing the lowering of the maximum temperature. Preferred examples of the ultraviolet absorber are benzophenone derivatives, benzoate derivatives, triazole derivatives, and the like, and specific examples thereof include the following compounds (AO-3) and (AO-4); Examples include Tinuvin 328, and Tinuvin 99-2 (trade name; BASF Corporation); and 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO).
立体障害のあるアミンなどの光安定剤は、大きな電圧保持率を維持するために好ましい。光安定剤の好ましい例として、下記の化合物(AO-5)、(AO-6)、および(AO-7);Tinuvin144、Tinuvin765、およびTinuvin770DF(商品名;BASF社);LA-77YおよびLA-77G(商品名;ADEKA社)を挙げることができる。
熱安定剤も大きな電圧保持率を維持するために有効であり、好ましい例としてIrgafos168(商品名;BASF社)を挙げることができる。
GH(guest host)モードの素子に適合させるために、必要により、アゾ系色素、アントラキノン系色素などの二色性色素(dichroic dye)が組成物に添加される。
消泡剤は、泡立ちを防ぐために有効である。消泡剤の好ましい例は、ジメチルシリコーンオイル、メチルフェニルシリコーンオイルなどである。
Light stabilizers such as sterically hindered amines are preferred for maintaining a large voltage holding ratio. Preferred examples of the light stabilizer include the following compounds (AO-5), (AO-6), and (AO-7); Tinuvin 144, Tinuvin 765, and Tinuvin 770DF (trade name; BASF); LA-77Y and LA-. 77G (trade name; ADEKA Co.).
A heat stabilizer is also effective for maintaining a large voltage holding ratio, and Irgafos 168 (trade name; BASF Corporation) can be mentioned as a preferable example.
If necessary, a dichroic dye such as an azo dye or anthraquinone dye is added to the composition in order to adapt to a GH (guest host) mode device.
The antifoaming agent is effective for preventing foaming. Preferred examples of the defoaming agent are dimethyl silicone oil, methylphenyl silicone oil and the like.
化合物(AO-1)において、R40は炭素数1から20のアルキル、炭素数1から20のアルコキシ、-COOR41、または-CH2CH2COOR41であり、ここでR41は炭素数1から20のアルキルである。化合物(AO-2)および(AO-5)において、R42は炭素数1から20のアルキルである。化合物(AO-5)において、R43は水素、メチルまたはO・(酸素ラジカル)であり;環G1は1,4-シクロヘキシレンまたは1,4-フェニレンであり;化合物(AO-7)において、環G2は1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-フェニレン、または1,4-フェニレンの少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた基であり;化合物(AO-5)および(AO-7)において、zは、1、2、または3である。 In the compound (AO-1), R 40 is alkyl having 1 to 20 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 20 carbons, —COOR 41 , or —CH 2 CH 2 COOR 41 , wherein R 41 is 1 To 20 alkyl. In the compounds (AO-2) and (AO-5), R 42 is alkyl having 1 to 20 carbons. In compound (AO-5), R 43 is hydrogen, methyl or O.(oxygen radical); ring G 1 is 1,4-cyclohexylene or 1,4-phenylene; in compound (AO-7) , Ring G 2 is a group in which at least one hydrogen of 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, or 1,4-phenylene is replaced with fluorine; compounds (AO-5) and (AO-7) ), z is 1, 2, or 3.
4.液晶表示素子
液晶組成物は、PC、TN、STN、OCB、PSAなどの動作モードを有し、アクティブマトリックス方式で駆動する液晶表示素子に好適に使用できる。この組成物は、PC、TN、STN、OCB、VA、IPSなどの動作モードを有し、パッシブマトリクス方式で駆動する液晶表示素子にも好適に使用することができる。これらの素子は、反射型、透過型、半透過型のいずれのタイプにも適用できる。
4. Liquid crystal display device The liquid crystal composition has an operation mode such as PC, TN, STN, OCB, and PSA, and can be suitably used for a liquid crystal display device driven by an active matrix system. This composition has an operation mode such as PC, TN, STN, OCB, VA, and IPS, and can be suitably used for a liquid crystal display device driven by a passive matrix system. These elements can be applied to any of reflection type, transmission type, and semi-transmission type.
この組成物は、NCAP(nematic curvilinear aligned phase)素子にも適しており、ここでは組成物がマイクロカプセル化されている。この組成物は、ポリマー分散型液晶表示素子(PDLCD)や、ポリマーネットワーク液晶表示素子(PNLCD)にも使用できる。これらの組成物においては、重合性化合物が多量に添加される。一方、PSAモードの液晶表示素子に用いる組成物は、重合性化合物の割合が液晶組成物100重量%に対し、好ましくは10重量%以下であり、より好ましい割合は0.1重量%から2重量%の範囲であり、さらに好ましい割合は、0.2重量%から1.0重量%の範囲である。PSAモードの素子は、アクティブマトリックス方式、パッシブマトリクス方式などの駆動方式で駆動させることができる。このような素子は、反射型、透過型、半透過型のいずれのタイプにも適用できる。 This composition is also suitable for NCAP (nematic curvilinear aligned phase) devices, where the composition is microencapsulated. This composition can also be used for a polymer dispersed liquid crystal display device (PDLCD) and a polymer network liquid crystal display device (PNLCD). In these compositions, a large amount of polymerizable compound is added. On the other hand, in the composition used for the PSA mode liquid crystal display device, the ratio of the polymerizable compound is preferably 10% by weight or less, and more preferably 0.1% to 2% by weight, based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal composition. %, and a more preferable ratio is in the range of 0.2% by weight to 1.0% by weight. The PSA mode element can be driven by a driving method such as an active matrix method or a passive matrix method. Such an element can be applied to any of reflection type, transmission type, and semi-transmission type.
高分子支持配向型の素子では、組成物に含まれる重合体が液晶分子を配向させる。極性化合物は、液晶分子が配列するのを援助する。すなわち、極性化合物は、配向膜の代わりに用いることができる。このような素子を製造する方法の一例は、次のとおりである。アレイ基板とカラーフィルター基板と呼ばれる2つの基板を有する素子を用意する。この基板は配向膜を有しない。この基板の少なくとも1つは、電極層を有する。液晶性化合物を混合して液晶組成物を調製する。この組成物に化合物(1)、さらに必要により他の重合性化合物および極性化合物を添加する。必要に応じて添加物をさらに添加してもよい。この組成物を素子に注入する。この素子に電圧を印加した状態で光照射する。紫外線が好ましい。光照射によって重合性化合物を重合させる。この重合によって、重合体を含む組成物が生成し、PSAモードを有する素子が作製される。 In a polymer-supported orientation type device, the polymer contained in the composition orients the liquid crystal molecules. The polar compound helps the liquid crystal molecules to align. That is, the polar compound can be used instead of the alignment film. An example of a method of manufacturing such an element is as follows. An element having two substrates called an array substrate and a color filter substrate is prepared. This substrate has no alignment film. At least one of the substrates has an electrode layer. A liquid crystal composition is prepared by mixing liquid crystal compounds. The compound (1) and, if necessary, other polymerizable compound and polar compound are added to the composition. You may add an additive further as needed. This composition is injected into the device. Light irradiation is performed with a voltage applied to this element. UV light is preferred. The polymerizable compound is polymerized by irradiation with light. By this polymerization, a composition containing a polymer is produced, and a device having a PSA mode is produced.
この手順において、極性化合物は、極性基が基板表面と相互作用するので、基板上に配列する。この極性化合物が、液晶分子を配向させる。極性基が複数存在する場合、基板表面との相互作用がより強くなり、低濃度で配向させることができる。電圧を印加したとき、電場の作用によって液晶分子の配向がさらに促進される。この配向に従って重合性化合物も配向する。この状態で重合性化合物が紫外線によって重合するので、この配向を維持した重合体が生成する。この重合体の効果によって、液晶分子の配向が追加的に安定化するので、素子の応答時間が短縮される。画像の焼き付きは、液晶分子の動作不良であるから、この重合体の効果によって焼き付きも同時に改善されることになる。化合物(1)は重合性であるので、重合によって消費される。化合物(1)は、他の重合性化合物と共重合することによっても消費される。したがって、化合物(1)は極性基を有するが、消費されるので、電圧保持率の大きな液晶表示素子が得られる。なお、重合性を有する極性化合物を用いれば、極性化合物と重合性化合物の両方の効果を1つの化合物で達成することが可能である為、極性基を持たない重合性化合物を必要としない場合もある。 In this procedure, polar compounds are arranged on the substrate because the polar groups interact with the substrate surface. This polar compound aligns the liquid crystal molecules. When a plurality of polar groups are present, the interaction with the surface of the substrate becomes stronger and the alignment can be performed at a low concentration. When a voltage is applied, the alignment of liquid crystal molecules is further promoted by the action of the electric field. The polymerizable compound is also oriented according to this orientation. In this state, the polymerizable compound is polymerized by ultraviolet rays, so that a polymer maintaining this orientation is produced. The effect of this polymer additionally stabilizes the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules, thus shortening the response time of the device. Since image sticking is a malfunction of liquid crystal molecules, the effect of this polymer also improves the sticking. Since the compound (1) is polymerizable, it is consumed by the polymerization. The compound (1) is also consumed by copolymerizing with another polymerizable compound. Therefore, the compound (1) has a polar group but is consumed, so that a liquid crystal display device having a large voltage holding ratio can be obtained. If a polar compound having polymerizability is used, the effects of both the polar compound and the polymerisable compound can be achieved by a single compound, and thus the polymerizing compound having no polar group may be unnecessary. is there.
実施例(合成例、使用例を含む)により、本発明をさらに詳しく説明する。本発明はこれらの実施例によっては制限されない。本発明は、使用例の組成物の少なくとも2つを混合することによって調製した混合物をも含む。 The present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples (including synthesis examples and use examples). The invention is not limited by these examples. The invention also includes mixtures prepared by mixing at least two of the composition of use examples.
1.化合物(1)の実施例
特に記載のない限り、反応は窒素雰囲気下で行った。化合物(1)は、実施例1などに示した手順により合成した。合成した化合物は、NMR分析などの方法により同定した。化合物(1)、液晶性化合物、組成物、素子の特性は、下記の方法により測定した。
1. Examples of Compound (1) Unless otherwise stated, reactions were carried out under nitrogen atmosphere. The compound (1) was synthesized by the procedure shown in Example 1 and the like. The synthesized compound was identified by a method such as NMR analysis. The characteristics of the compound (1), liquid crystal compound, composition and device were measured by the following methods.
NMR分析:測定には、ブルカーバイオスピン社製のDRX-500を用いた。1H-NMRの測定では、試料をCDCl3などの重水素化溶媒に溶解させ、測定は、室温で、500MHz、積算回数16回の条件で行った。テトラメチルシランを内部標準として用いた。19F-NMRの測定では、CFCl3を内部標準として用い、積算回数24回で行った。核磁気共鳴スペクトルの説明において、sはシングレット、dはダブレット、tはトリプレット、qはカルテット、quinはクインテット、sextはセクステット、mはマルチプレット、brはブロードであることを意味する。 NMR analysis: DRX-500 manufactured by Bruker BioSpin was used for the measurement. In the 1 H-NMR measurement, the sample was dissolved in a deuterated solvent such as CDCl 3 and the measurement was performed at room temperature under the conditions of 500 MHz and 16 times of integration. Tetramethylsilane was used as an internal standard. In 19 F-NMR measurement, CFCl 3 was used as an internal standard, and the number of times of integration was 24. In the explanation of the nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum, s means a singlet, d a doublet, t a triplet, q a quartet, quin a quintet, sext a sextet, m a multiplet and br a broad.
ガスクロマト分析:測定には、(株)島津製作所製のGC-2010型ガスクロマトグラフを用いた。カラムは、Agilent Technologies Inc.製のキャピラリカラムDB-1(長さ60m、内径0.25mm、膜厚0.25μm)を用いた。キャリアーガスとしてはヘリウム(1ml/分)を用いた。試料気化室の温度を300℃、検出器(FID)部分の温度を300℃に設定した。試料はアセトンに溶解させて、1重量%の溶液となるように調製し、得られた溶液1μlを試料気化室に注入した。記録計には(株)島津製作所製のGCSolutionシステムなどを用いた。 Gas chromatographic analysis: A GC-2010 gas chromatograph manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used for the measurement. As the column, a capillary column DB-1 (length 60 m, inner diameter 0.25 mm, film thickness 0.25 μm) manufactured by Agilent Technologies Inc. was used. Helium (1 ml/min) was used as the carrier gas. The temperature of the sample vaporization chamber was set to 300°C, and the temperature of the detector (FID) part was set to 300°C. The sample was dissolved in acetone to prepare a 1% by weight solution, and 1 μl of the obtained solution was injected into the sample vaporization chamber. As the recorder, a GC Solution system manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used.
HPLC分析:測定には、(株)島津製作所製のProminence(LC-20AD;SPD-20A)を用いた。カラムは(株)ワイエムシィ製のYMC-Pack ODS-A(長さ150mm、内径4.6mm、粒子径5μm)を用いた。溶出液はアセトニトリルと水を適宜混合して用いた。検出器としてはUV検出器、RI検出器、CORONA検出器などを適宜用いた。UV検出器を用いた場合、検出波長は254nmとした。試料はアセトニトリルに溶解して、0.1重量%の溶液となるように調製し、この溶液1μLを試料室に導入した。記録計としては(株)島津製作所製のC-R7Aplusを用いた。 HPLC analysis: For measurement, Prominence (LC-20AD; SPD-20A) manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used. As the column, YMC-Pack ODS-A manufactured by YMC Co., Ltd. (length 150 mm, inner diameter 4.6 mm, particle diameter 5 μm) was used. As the eluent, acetonitrile and water were appropriately mixed and used. As the detector, a UV detector, an RI detector, a CORONA detector or the like was appropriately used. When a UV detector was used, the detection wavelength was 254 nm. The sample was dissolved in acetonitrile to prepare a 0.1% by weight solution, and 1 μL of this solution was introduced into the sample chamber. As a recorder, C-R7Aplus manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used.
紫外可視分光分析:測定には、(株)島津製作所製のPharmaSpec UV-1700を用いた。検出波長は190nmから700nmとした。試料はアセトニトリルに溶解して、0.01mmol/Lの溶液となるように調製し、石英セル(光路長1cm)に入れて測定した。 Ultraviolet-visible spectroscopic analysis: PharmaSpec UV-1700 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used for the measurement. The detection wavelength was 190 nm to 700 nm. The sample was dissolved in acetonitrile to prepare a 0.01 mmol/L solution, which was placed in a quartz cell (optical path length 1 cm) for measurement.
測定試料:相構造および転移温度(透明点、融点、重合開始温度など)を測定するときには、化合物そのものを試料として用いた。 Measurement sample: When measuring the phase structure and transition temperature (clearing point, melting point, polymerization initiation temperature, etc.), the compound itself was used as a sample.
測定方法:特性の測定は下記の方法で行った。これらの多くは、社団法人電子情報技術産業協会(JEITA;Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association)で審議制定されるJEITA規格(JEITA・ED-2521B)に記載された方法、またはこれを修飾した方法であった。測定に用いたTN素子には、薄膜トランジスター(TFT)を取り付けなかった。 Measurement method: The characteristics were measured by the following methods. Many of these are based on the method described in the JEITA standard (JEITA/ED-2521B), which is deliberated and enacted by the Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association (JEITA), or a method modified from this. there were. No thin film transistor (TFT) was attached to the TN device used for the measurement.
(1)相構造
偏光顕微鏡を備えた融点測定装置のホットプレート(メトラー社製、FP-52型ホットステージ)に試料を置いた。この試料を、3℃/分の速度で加熱しながら相状態とその変化を偏光顕微鏡で観察し、相の種類を特定した。
(1) Phase Structure The sample was placed on a hot plate (FP-52 type hot stage manufactured by METTLER CORPORATION) of a melting point measuring device equipped with a polarization microscope. While heating this sample at a rate of 3° C./min, the phase state and its change were observed with a polarizing microscope to specify the type of phase.
(2)転移温度(℃)
測定には、パーキンエルマー社製の走査熱量計、Diamond DSCシステムまたは(株)日立ハイテクサイエンス製の高感度示差走査熱量計、X-DSC7000を用いた。試料は、3℃/分の速度で昇降温し、試料の相変化に伴う吸熱ピークまたは発熱ピークの開始点を外挿により求め、転移温度を決定した。化合物の融点、重合開始温度もこの装置を使って測定した。化合物が固体からスメクチック相、ネマチック相などの液晶相に転移する温度を「液晶相の下限温度」と略すことがある。化合物が液晶相から液体に転移する温度を「透明点」と略すことがある。
(2) Transition temperature (℃)
For the measurement, a scanning calorimeter manufactured by Perkin Elmer, a Diamond DSC system or a high-sensitivity differential scanning calorimeter manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd., X-DSC7000 was used. The sample was heated and lowered at a rate of 3° C./min, and the starting point of the endothermic peak or exothermic peak accompanying the phase change of the sample was obtained by extrapolation to determine the transition temperature. The melting point of the compound and the polymerization initiation temperature were also measured using this device. The temperature at which a compound transitions from a solid state to a liquid crystal phase such as a smectic phase or a nematic phase may be abbreviated as "lower limit temperature of liquid crystal phase". The temperature at which a compound transitions from a liquid crystal phase to a liquid is sometimes abbreviated as "clearing point".
結晶はCと表した。結晶の種類の区別がつく場合は、それぞれをC1、C2のように表した。スメクチック相はS、ネマチック相はNと表した。スメクチック相の中で、スメクチックA相、スメクチックB相、スメクチックC相、またはスメクチックF相の区別がつく場合は、それぞれSA、SB、SC、またはSFと表した。液体(アイソトロピック)はIと表した。転移温度は、例えば、「C 50.0 N 100.0 I」のように表記した。これは、結晶からネマチック相への転移温度が50.0℃であり、ネマチック相から液体への転移温度が100.0℃であることを示す。 The crystal was designated as C. When the types of crystals can be distinguished, they are represented as C 1 and C 2 . The smectic phase was represented by S and the nematic phase was represented by N. When a smectic A phase, a smectic B phase, a smectic C phase, or a smectic F phase can be distinguished among the smectic phases, they are represented as S A , S B , S C , or S F , respectively. The liquid (isotropic) was designated as I. The transition temperature is expressed as, for example, “C 50.0 N 100.0 I”. This indicates that the transition temperature from the crystal to the nematic phase is 50.0°C and the transition temperature from the nematic phase to the liquid is 100.0°C.
(3)ネマチック相の上限温度(TNIまたはNI;℃)
偏光顕微鏡を備えた融点測定装置のホットプレートに試料を置き、1℃/分の速度で加熱した。試料の一部がネマチック相から等方性液体に変化したときの温度を測定した。ネマチック相の上限温度を「上限温度」と略すことがある。試料が化合物(1)と母液晶との混合物であるときは、TNIの記号で示した。試料が化合物(1)と成分B、C、Dのような化合物との混合物であるときは、NIの記号で示した。
(3) Maximum temperature of nematic phase (T NI or NI; °C)
The sample was placed on a hot plate of a melting point measuring device equipped with a polarization microscope and heated at a rate of 1° C./min. The temperature was measured when a part of the sample changed from a nematic phase to an isotropic liquid. The maximum temperature of the nematic phase may be abbreviated as “maximum temperature”. When the sample was a mixture of the compound (1) and the mother liquid crystal, it was indicated by the symbol T NI . When the sample was a mixture of the compound (1) and a compound such as the components B, C and D, it was indicated by the symbol NI.
(4)ネマチック相の下限温度(TC;℃)
ネマチック相を有する試料を0℃、-10℃、-20℃、-30℃、および-40℃のフリーザー中に10日間保管した後、液晶相を観察した。例えば、試料が-20℃ではネマチック相のままであり、-30℃では結晶またはスメクチック相に変化したとき、TCを≦-20℃と記載した。ネマチック相の下限温度を「下限温度」と略すことがある。
(4) Minimum Temperature of a Nematic Phase (T C; ° C.)
After storing the sample having a nematic phase in a freezer at 0°C, -10°C, -20°C, -30°C, and -40°C for 10 days, the liquid crystal phase was observed. For example, T C was described as ≦−20° C. when the sample remained in the nematic phase at −20° C. and changed to a crystalline or smectic phase at −30° C. The lower limit temperature of the nematic phase may be abbreviated as “lower limit temperature”.
(5)粘度(バルク粘度;η;20℃で測定;mPa・s)
測定には、東京計器(株)製のE型回転粘度計を用いた。
(5) Viscosity (bulk viscosity; η; measured at 20°C; mPa·s)
An E-type rotational viscometer manufactured by Tokyo Keiki Co., Ltd. was used for the measurement.
(6)光学異方性(屈折率異方性;25℃で測定;Δn)
測定は、波長589nmの光を用い、接眼鏡に偏光板を取り付けたアッベ屈折計により行なった。主プリズムの表面を一方向にラビングした後、試料を主プリズムに滴下した。屈折率(n∥)は偏光の方向がラビングの方向と平行であるときに測定した。屈折率(n⊥)は偏光の方向がラビングの方向と垂直であるときに測定した。光学異方性(Δn)の値は、Δn=n∥-n⊥、の式から計算した。
(6) Optical anisotropy (refractive index anisotropy; measured at 25° C.; Δn)
The measurement was performed using an Abbe refractometer in which a polarizing plate was attached to the eyepiece, using light having a wavelength of 589 nm. After rubbing the surface of the main prism in one direction, the sample was dropped on the main prism. The refractive index (n∥) was measured when the polarization direction was parallel to the rubbing direction. The refractive index (n⊥) was measured when the direction of polarized light was perpendicular to the direction of rubbing. The value of optical anisotropy (Δn) was calculated from the equation Δn=n∥−n⊥.
(7)比抵抗(ρ;25℃で測定;Ωcm)
電極を備えた容器に試料1.0mLを注入した。この容器に直流電圧(10V)を印加し、10秒後の直流電流を測定した。比抵抗は次の式から算出した。(比抵抗)={(電圧)×(容器の電気容量)}/{(直流電流)×(真空の誘電率)}。
(7) Specific resistance (ρ; measured at 25°C; Ωcm)
1.0 mL of the sample was injected into a container equipped with an electrode. A direct current voltage (10 V) was applied to this container, and the direct current after 10 seconds was measured. The specific resistance was calculated from the following formula. (Specific resistance)={(voltage)×(electric capacity of container)}/{(direct current)×(dielectric constant of vacuum)}.
誘電率異方性が正の試料と負の試料とでは、特性の測定法が異なることがある。誘電率異方性が正であるときの測定法は、項(8a)から(12a)に記載した。誘電率異方性が負の場合は、項(8b)から(12b)に記載した。 ㆍThe measurement method of the characteristics may differ between the sample with positive dielectric anisotropy and the sample with negative dielectric anisotropy. The measurement method when the dielectric anisotropy is positive is described in items (8a) to (12a). When the dielectric anisotropy is negative, it is described in the items (8b) to (12b).
(8a)粘度(回転粘度;γ1;25℃で測定;mPa・s)
正の誘電率異方性:測定は、M. Imai et al., Molecular Crystals and Liquid Crystals, Vol. 259, 37 (1995) に記載された方法に従った。ツイスト角が0度であり、そして2枚のガラス基板の間隔(セルギャップ)が5μmであるTN素子に試料を入れた。この素子に16Vから19.5Vの範囲で0.5V毎に段階的に電圧を印加した。0.2秒の無印加の後、ただ1つの矩形波(矩形パルス;0.2秒)と無印加(2秒)の条件で印加を繰り返した。この印加によって発生した過渡電流(transient current)のピーク電流(peak current)とピーク時間(peak time)を測定した。これらの測定値とM.Imaiらの論文、40頁の計算式(8)とから回転粘度の値を得た。この計算で必要な誘電率異方性の値は、この回転粘度を測定した素子を用い、下に記載した方法で求めた。
(8a) Viscosity (rotary viscosity; γ1; measured at 25°C; mPa·s)
Positive dielectric anisotropy: The measurement followed the method described in M. Imai et al., Molecular Crystals and Liquid Crystals, Vol. 259, 37 (1995). The sample was put in a TN device in which the twist angle was 0 degree and the distance (cell gap) between the two glass substrates was 5 μm. A voltage was applied to the device stepwise in the range of 16V to 19.5V at intervals of 0.5V. After 0.2 seconds of non-application, application was repeated under the conditions of only one rectangular wave (rectangular pulse; 0.2 seconds) and no application (2 seconds). The peak current and the peak time of the transient current generated by this application were measured. These measurements and M. The value of rotational viscosity was obtained from the paper of Imai et al., Formula (8) on page 40. The value of the dielectric anisotropy required for this calculation was determined by the method described below using the device whose rotational viscosity was measured.
(8b)粘度(回転粘度;γ1;25℃で測定;mPa・s)
負の誘電率異方性:測定は、M. Imai et al., Molecular Crystals and Liquid Crystals, Vol. 259, 37 (1995) に記載された方法に従った。2枚のガラス基板の間隔(セルギャップ)が20μmのVA素子に試料を入れた。この素子に39ボルトから50ボルトの範囲で1ボルト毎に段階的に電圧を印加した。0.2秒の無印加の後、ただ1つの矩形波(矩形パルス;0.2秒)と無印加(2秒)の条件で印加を繰り返した。この印加によって発生した過渡電流(transient current)のピーク電流(peak current)とピーク時間(peak time)を測定した。これらの測定値とM.Imaiらの論文、40頁の計算式(8)とから回転粘度の値を得た。この計算に必要な誘電率異方性は、下記の誘電率異方性の項で測定した値を用いた。
(8b) Viscosity (rotational viscosity; γ1; measured at 25°C; mPa·s)
Negative dielectric anisotropy: The measurement followed the method described in M. Imai et al., Molecular Crystals and Liquid Crystals, Vol. 259, 37 (1995). The sample was put in a VA device in which the distance (cell gap) between the two glass substrates was 20 μm. A voltage was applied to the device stepwise in the range of 39 V to 50 V in steps of 1 V. After 0.2 seconds of non-application, application was repeated under the conditions of only one rectangular wave (rectangular pulse; 0.2 seconds) and no application (2 seconds). The peak current and the peak time of the transient current generated by this application were measured. These measurements and M. The value of rotational viscosity was obtained from the paper of Imai et al., Formula (8) on page 40. As the dielectric anisotropy necessary for this calculation, the value measured in the following section of dielectric anisotropy was used.
(9a)誘電率異方性(Δε;25℃で測定)
正の誘電率異方性:2枚のガラス基板の間隔(セルギャップ)が9μmであり、そしてツイスト角が80度であるTN素子に試料を入れた。この素子にサイン波(10V、1kHz)を印加し、2秒後に液晶分子の長軸方向における誘電率(ε∥)を測定した。この素子にサイン波(0.5V、1kHz)を印加し、2秒後に液晶分子の短軸方向における誘電率(ε⊥)を測定した。誘電率異方性の値は、Δε=ε∥-ε⊥、の式から計算した。
(9a) Dielectric anisotropy (Δε; measured at 25°C)
Positive dielectric anisotropy: A sample was put in a TN device in which a distance (cell gap) between two glass substrates was 9 μm and a twist angle was 80 degrees. A sine wave (10 V, 1 kHz) was applied to this device, and after 2 seconds, the dielectric constant (ε∥) in the major axis direction of liquid crystal molecules was measured. A sine wave (0.5 V, 1 kHz) was applied to this device, and after 2 seconds, the dielectric constant (ε⊥) in the short axis direction of the liquid crystal molecule was measured. The value of the dielectric anisotropy was calculated from the equation: Δε=ε∥−ε⊥.
(9b)誘電率異方性(Δε;25℃で測定)
負の誘電率異方性:誘電率異方性の値は、Δε=ε∥-ε⊥、の式から計算した。誘電率(ε∥およびε⊥)は次のように測定した。
1)誘電率(ε∥)の測定:よく洗浄したガラス基板にオクタデシルトリエトキシシラン(0.16mL)のエタノール(20mL)溶液を塗布した。ガラス基板をスピンナーで回転させた後、150℃で1時間加熱した。2枚のガラス基板の間隔(セルギャップ)が4μmであるVA素子に試料を入れ、この素子を紫外線で硬化する接着剤で密閉した。この素子にサイン波(0.5V、1kHz)を印加し、2秒後に液晶分子の長軸方向における誘電率(ε∥)を測定した。
2)誘電率(ε⊥)の測定:よく洗浄したガラス基板にポリイミド溶液を塗布した。このガラス基板を焼成した後、得られた配向膜にラビング処理をした。2枚のガラス基板の間隔(セルギャップ)が9μmであり、ツイスト角が80度であるTN素子に試料を入れた。この素子にサイン波(0.5V、1kHz)を印加し、2秒後に液晶分子の短軸方向における誘電率(ε⊥)を測定した。
(9b) Dielectric anisotropy (Δε; measured at 25°C)
Negative dielectric anisotropy: The value of dielectric anisotropy was calculated from the formula: Δε=ε∥−ε⊥. Dielectric constants (ε∥ and ε⊥) were measured as follows.
1) Measurement of dielectric constant (ε∥): A well-cleaned glass substrate was coated with a solution of octadecyltriethoxysilane (0.16 mL) in ethanol (20 mL). The glass substrate was rotated with a spinner and then heated at 150° C. for 1 hour. The sample was put in a VA device having a distance (cell gap) of 4 μm between two glass substrates, and the device was sealed with an adhesive that was cured by ultraviolet rays. A sine wave (0.5 V, 1 kHz) was applied to this device, and after 2 seconds, the dielectric constant (ε∥) of the liquid crystal molecule in the major axis direction was measured.
2) Measurement of dielectric constant (ε⊥): A polyimide solution was applied to a well washed glass substrate. After firing this glass substrate, the obtained alignment film was rubbed. The sample was put in a TN device in which the distance (cell gap) between the two glass substrates was 9 μm and the twist angle was 80 degrees. A sine wave (0.5 V, 1 kHz) was applied to this device, and after 2 seconds, the dielectric constant (ε⊥) in the short axis direction of the liquid crystal molecule was measured.
(10a)弾性定数(K;25℃で測定;pN)
正の誘電率異方性:測定にはアジレント・テクノロジー社製のHP4284A型LCRメータを用いた。2枚のガラス基板の間隔(セルギャップ)が20μmである水平配向素子に試料を入れた。この素子に0ボルトから20ボルトの電荷を印加し、静電容量および印加電圧を測定した。測定した静電容量(C)と印加電圧(V)の値を「液晶デバイスハンドブック」(日刊工業新聞社)、75頁にある式(2.98)、式(2.101)を用いてフィッティングし、式(2.99)からK11およびK33の値を得た。次に171頁にある式(3.18)に、先ほど求めたK11およびK33の値を用いてK22を算出した。弾性定数Kは、このようにして求めたK11、K22およびK33の平均値で表した。
(10a) Elastic constant (K; measured at 25° C.; pN)
Positive dielectric anisotropy: An HP4284A type LCR meter manufactured by Agilent Technologies was used for measurement. The sample was placed in a horizontal alignment device in which the distance (cell gap) between two glass substrates was 20 μm. A charge of 0 V to 20 V was applied to this device, and the electrostatic capacity and the applied voltage were measured. Fitting the measured capacitance (C) and applied voltage (V) values using the formula (2.98) and formula (2.101) on page 75 of "Liquid Crystal Device Handbook" (Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun). Then, the values of K 11 and K 33 were obtained from the formula (2.99). Next, K 22 was calculated by using the values of K 11 and K 33 obtained above in the equation (3.18) on page 171. The elastic constant K is represented by the average value of K 11 , K 22 and K 33 thus obtained.
(10b)弾性定数(K11およびK33;25℃で測定;pN)
負の誘電率異方性:測定には(株)東陽テクニカ製のEC-1型弾性定数測定器を用いた。2枚のガラス基板の間隔(セルギャップ)が20μmである垂直配向素子に試料を入れた。この素子に20ボルトから0ボルトの電荷を印加し、静電容量および印加電圧を測定した。静電容量(C)と印加電圧(V)の値を、「液晶デバイスハンドブック」(日刊工業新聞社)、75頁にある式(2.98)、式(2.101)を用いてフィッティングし、式(2.100)から弾性定数の値を得た。
(10b) Elastic constants (K 11 and K 33 ; measured at 25° C.; pN)
Negative dielectric anisotropy: For measurement, an EC-1 type elastic constant measuring device manufactured by Toyo Technica Co., Ltd. was used. The sample was placed in a vertical alignment device in which the distance (cell gap) between two glass substrates was 20 μm. A charge of 20 V to 0 V was applied to this device, and the electrostatic capacity and the applied voltage were measured. The values of the electrostatic capacitance (C) and the applied voltage (V) were fitted using the formula (2.98) and formula (2.101) on page 75 of "Liquid Crystal Device Handbook" (Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun). The value of the elastic constant was obtained from the equation (2.100).
(11a)しきい値電圧(Vth;25℃で測定;V)
正の誘電率異方性:測定には大塚電子(株)製のLCD5100型輝度計を用いた。光源はハロゲンランプとした。2枚のガラス基板の間隔(セルギャップ)が0.45/Δn(μm)であり、ツイスト角が80度であるノーマリーホワイトモード(normally whitemode)のTN素子に試料を入れた。この素子に印加する電圧(32Hz、矩形波)は0Vから10Vまで0.02Vずつ段階的に増加させた。この際に、素子に垂直方向から光を照射し、素子を透過した光量を測定した。この光量が最大になったときが透過率100%であり、この光量が最小であったときが透過率0%である電圧-透過率曲線を作成した。しきい値電圧は透過率が90%になったときの電圧で表した。
(11a) Threshold voltage (Vth; measured at 25°C; V)
Positive dielectric anisotropy: LCD5100 luminance meter manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. was used for measurement. The light source was a halogen lamp. The sample was put in a normally white mode TN device in which the distance (cell gap) between the two glass substrates was 0.45/Δn (μm) and the twist angle was 80 degrees. The voltage (32 Hz, rectangular wave) applied to this element was increased stepwise from 0 V to 10 V by 0.02 V. At this time, the device was irradiated with light from the vertical direction, and the amount of light transmitted through the device was measured. A voltage-transmittance curve in which the transmittance is 100% when the amount of light is maximum and the transmittance is 0% when the amount of light is minimum was created. The threshold voltage is represented by the voltage when the transmittance reaches 90%.
(11b)しきい値電圧(Vth;25℃で測定;V)
負の誘電率異方性:測定には大塚電子(株)製のLCD5100型輝度計を用いた。光源はハロゲンランプとした。2枚のガラス基板の間隔(セルギャップ)が4μmであり、ラビング方向がアンチパラレルであるノーマリーブラックモード(normally black mode)のVA素子に試料を入れ、この素子を紫外線で硬化する接着剤を用いて密閉した。この素子に印加する電圧(60Hz、矩形波)は0Vから20Vまで0.02Vずつ段階的に増加させた。この際に、素子に垂直方向から光を照射し、素子を透過した光量を測定した。この光量が最大になったときが透過率100%であり、この光量が最小であったときが透過率0%である電圧-透過率曲線を作成した。しきい値電圧は透過率が10%になったときの電圧で表した。
(11b) Threshold voltage (Vth; measured at 25° C.; V)
Negative dielectric anisotropy: LCD5100 luminance meter manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. was used for measurement. The light source was a halogen lamp. A sample was placed in a VA device in a normally black mode in which the distance between two glass substrates (cell gap) was 4 μm, and the rubbing direction was anti-parallel, and an adhesive that cured the device with ultraviolet light was applied. Used to seal. The voltage (60 Hz, rectangular wave) applied to this element was increased in steps of 0.02 V from 0 V to 20 V. At this time, the device was irradiated with light from the vertical direction, and the amount of light transmitted through the device was measured. A voltage-transmittance curve in which the transmittance is 100% when the amount of light is maximum and the transmittance is 0% when the amount of light is minimum was created. The threshold voltage is represented by the voltage when the transmittance becomes 10%.
(12a)応答時間(τ;25℃で測定;ms)
正の誘電率異方性:測定には大塚電子(株)製のLCD5100型輝度計を用いた。光源はハロゲンランプとした。ローパス・フィルター(Low-pass filter)は5kHzに設定した。2枚のガラス基板の間隔(セルギャップ)が5.0μmであり、ツイスト角が80度であるノーマリーホワイトモード(normally white mode)のTN素子に試料を入れた。この素子に矩形波(60Hz、5V、0.5秒)を印加した。この際に、素子に垂直方向から光を照射し、素子を透過した光量を測定した。この光量が最大になったときが透過率100%であり、この光量が最小であったときが透過率0%であるとみなした。立ち上がり時間(τr:rise time;ミリ秒)は、透過率が90%から10%に変化するのに要した時間である。立ち下がり時間(τf:fall time;ミリ秒)は透過率10%から90%に変化するのに要した時間である。応答時間は、このようにして求めた立ち上がり時間と立ち下がり時間との和で表した。
(12a) Response time (τ; measured at 25° C.; ms)
Positive dielectric anisotropy: LCD5100 luminance meter manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. was used for measurement. The light source was a halogen lamp. The low-pass filter (Low-pass filter) was set to 5 kHz. The sample was put into a normally white mode TN device in which a distance (cell gap) between two glass substrates was 5.0 μm and a twist angle was 80 degrees. A rectangular wave (60 Hz, 5 V, 0.5 seconds) was applied to this device. At this time, the device was irradiated with light from the vertical direction, and the amount of light transmitted through the device was measured. It was considered that the transmittance was 100% when the amount of light was maximum, and the transmittance was 0% when the amount of light was minimum. The rise time (τr: rise time; millisecond) is the time required for the transmittance to change from 90% to 10%. The fall time (τf: fall time; millisecond) is the time required to change the transmittance from 10% to 90%. The response time was represented by the sum of the rise time and fall time thus obtained.
(12b)応答時間(τ;25℃で測定;ms)
負の誘電率異方性:測定には大塚電子(株)製のLCD5100型輝度計を用いた。光源はハロゲンランプとした。ローパス・フィルター(Low-pass filter)は5kHzに設定した。2枚のガラス基板の間隔(セルギャップ)が3.2μmであり、ラビング方向がアンチパラレルであるノーマリーブラックモード(normally black mode)のPVA素子に試料を入れた。この素子を紫外線で硬化する接着剤を用いて密閉した。この素子にしきい値電圧を若干超える程度の電圧を1分間印加し、次に5.6Vの電圧を印加しながら23.5mW/cm2の紫外線を8分間照射した。この素子に矩形波(60Hz、10V、0.5秒)を印加した。この際に、素子に垂直方向から光を照射し、素子を透過した光量を測定した。この光量が最大になったときが透過率100%であり、この光量が最小であったときが透過率0%であるとみなした。応答時間は透過率90%から10%に変化するのに要した時間(立ち下がり時間;fall time;ミリ秒)で表した。
(12b) Response time (τ; measured at 25°C; ms)
Negative dielectric anisotropy: LCD5100 luminance meter manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. was used for measurement. The light source was a halogen lamp. The low-pass filter (Low-pass filter) was set to 5 kHz. The sample was put into a PVA element in a normally black mode in which the distance (cell gap) between two glass substrates was 3.2 μm and the rubbing direction was antiparallel. The device was sealed with an adhesive that was cured with ultraviolet light. A voltage slightly exceeding the threshold voltage was applied to this device for 1 minute, and then a 23.5 mW/cm 2 ultraviolet ray was irradiated for 8 minutes while applying a voltage of 5.6V. A rectangular wave (60 Hz, 10 V, 0.5 seconds) was applied to this device. At this time, the device was irradiated with light from the vertical direction, and the amount of light transmitted through the device was measured. It was considered that the transmittance was 100% when the amount of light was maximum, and the transmittance was 0% when the amount of light was minimum. The response time was expressed as the time required to change the transmittance from 90% to 10% (fall time; fall time; millisecond).
(13)電圧保持率
アイグラフィックス(株)製ブラックライト、F40T10/BL(ピーク波長369nm)を用いて紫外線を照射することによって、重合性化合物を重合させた。この素子に60℃でパルス電圧(1Vで60マイクロ秒)を印加して充電した。減衰する電圧を高速電圧計で1.67秒のあいだ測定し、単位周期における電圧曲線と横軸との間の面積Aを求めた。面積Bは減衰しなかったときの面積である。電圧保持率は面積Bに対する面積Aの百分率で表した。
(13) Voltage retention rate The polymerizable compound was polymerized by irradiating with ultraviolet rays using F40T10/BL (peak wavelength 369 nm) manufactured by Eye Graphics Co., Ltd. The device was charged by applying a pulse voltage (60 microseconds at 1 V) at 60°C. The decaying voltage was measured with a high-speed voltmeter for 1.67 seconds, and the area A between the voltage curve and the horizontal axis in a unit cycle was obtained. Area B is the area when there is no attenuation. The voltage holding ratio was expressed as a percentage of the area A with respect to the area B.
(14)配向安定性(液晶配向軸安定性):液晶表示素子の電極側の液晶配向軸の変化を評価した。ストレス印加前の電極側の液晶配向角度φ(before)を測定し、その後、素子に矩形波4.5V、60Hzを20分間印加した後、1秒間ショートし、1秒後および5分後に再び電極側の液晶配向角度φ(after)を測定した。これらの値から、1秒後および5分後の液晶配向角度の変化Δφ(deg.)を次の式を用いて算出した。
Δφ(deg.)=φ(after)-φ(before) (式2)
これらの測定はJ. Hilfiker, B. Johs, C. Herzinger, J. F. Elman, E. Montbach, D. Bryant, and P. J. Bos, Thin Solid Films, 455-456, (2004) 596-600を参考に行った。Δφが小さいほうが液晶配向軸の変化率が小さく、液晶配向軸の安定性が良いといえる。
(14) Alignment stability (stability of liquid crystal alignment axis): Changes in the liquid crystal alignment axis on the electrode side of the liquid crystal display element were evaluated. The liquid crystal orientation angle φ (before) on the electrode side before stress application was measured, and then a rectangular wave of 4.5 V and 60 Hz was applied to the device for 20 minutes, followed by short-circuiting for 1 second, and again after 1 and 5 minutes. The liquid crystal orientation angle φ (after) on the side was measured. From these values, the change Δφ (deg.) in the liquid crystal orientation angle after 1 second and 5 minutes was calculated using the following formula.
Δφ (deg.) = φ (after)-φ (before) (Equation 2)
These measurements were performed with reference to J. Hilfiker, B. Johs, C. Herzinger, JF Elman, E. Montbach, D. Bryant, and PJ Bos, Thin Solid Films, 455-456, (2004) 596-600. .. It can be said that the smaller the Δφ, the smaller the rate of change of the liquid crystal alignment axis and the better the stability of the liquid crystal alignment axis.
(15)プレチルト角安定性(ΔPt角;度):液晶表示素子のプレチルト角の変化を評価した。ストレス印加前のプレチルト角Pt角(before)を測定し、その後、素子に矩形波7.0V、60Hzを24時間印加した後、再びストレス印加後のプレチルト角Pt角(after)を測定した。これらの値から、プレチルト角の変化ΔPt角(deg.)を次の式を用いて算出した。
ΔPt角 =Pt角(after)-Pt角(before)
プレチルト角の測定には、オプティプロ(シンテック社製)を使用した。ΔPt角が小さいほうがプレチルト角の変化が小さく、プレチルト角安定性が良いといえる。特にΔPt角が0.1°以下が好ましい。
(15) Pretilt angle stability (ΔPt angle; degree): Changes in the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display device were evaluated. The pretilt angle Pt angle (before) before stress application was measured, and after that, a rectangular wave of 7.0 V and 60 Hz was applied to the device for 24 hours, and then the pretilt angle Pt angle (after) after stress application was measured again. From these values, the change in pretilt angle ΔPt angle (deg.) was calculated using the following formula.
ΔPt angle =Pt angle (after)-Pt angle (before)
Optipro (manufactured by Shintech) was used for the measurement of the pretilt angle. It can be said that the smaller the ΔPt angle, the smaller the change in the pretilt angle and the better the pretilt angle stability. Particularly, the ΔPt angle is preferably 0.1° or less.
原料
ソルミックス(登録商標)A-11は、エタノール(85.5%)、メタノール(13.4%)とイソプロパノール(IPA)(1.1%)の混合物であり、日本アルコール販売(株)から入手した。
Raw material Solmix (registered trademark) A-11 is a mixture of ethanol (85.5%), methanol (13.4%) and isopropanol (IPA) (1.1%), and is available from Nippon Alcohol Sales Co., Ltd. obtained.
[合成例1]
化合物(No.13)の合成
[Synthesis example 1]
Synthesis of compound (No. 13)
化合物(T-1)(4.55g)、化合物(T-2)(3.23g)、DMAP(0.3g)およびジクロロメタン(50ml)を反応器に入れ、0℃に冷却した。
そこへ、DCC(5.74g)を加え、室温に戻しつつ24時間撹拌した。不溶物を濾別したのち、反応混合物を水に注ぎ込み、水層をジクロロメタンで抽出した。得られた有機層を水で洗浄し、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した。この溶液を減圧下で濃縮し、残渣をシリカゲルクロマトグラフィー(容積比、トルエン:酢酸エチル=4:1)で精製して、化合物(No.13)(3.4g;50%)を得た。
The compound (T-1) (4.55 g), the compound (T-2) (3.23 g), DMAP (0.3 g) and dichloromethane (50 ml) were placed in a reactor and cooled to 0°C.
DCC (5.74g) was added there, and it stirred for 24 hours, returning to room temperature. The insoluble material was filtered off, the reaction mixture was poured into water, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane. The obtained organic layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (volume ratio, toluene:ethyl acetate=4:1) to obtain compound (No. 13) (3.4 g; 50%).
得られた化合物(No.13)のNMR分析値は以下の通りである。
1H-NMR:化学シフトδ(ppm;CDCl3):7.57(d,2H)、7.47(d,1H)、7.39(dd,1H)、7.19(d,2H)、7.12(d,1H)、6.57(s,2H)、6.07(s,2H)、4.28(d,4H)、3.48(d,6H)、3.40(s,3H)、2.32(t,J=6.7Hz,1H)、2.13-2.04(m,1H)、2.61(tt,1H)、1.95-0.85(m,26H).
The NMR analysis values of the obtained compound (No. 13) are as follows.
1 H-NMR: chemical shift δ (ppm; CDCl 3 ): 7.57 (d, 2H), 7.47 (d, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.19 (d, 2H) , 7.12 (d, 1H), 6.57 (s, 2H), 6.07 (s, 2H), 4.28 (d, 4H), 3.48 (d, 6H), 3.40 ( s, 3H), 2.32 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.13-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.61 (tt, 1H), 1.95-0.85( m, 26H).
化合物(No.13)の物性は、次のとおりであった。
転移温度(℃):C 101 I 重合温度(℃):157
Physical properties of compound (No. 13) were as described below.
Transition temperature (°C): C 101 I Polymerization temperature (°C): 157
[合成例2]
化合物(No.1)の合成
[Synthesis example 2]
Synthesis of compound (No. 1)
化合物(T-3)(6.36g)を出発原料とし、化合物(No.13)の合成法と同様な方法で化合物(No.1)(6.80g;66%)を得た。 Using compound (T-3) (6.36 g) as a starting material, compound (No. 1) (6.80 g; 66%) was obtained by a method similar to the method of synthesizing compound (No. 13).
得られた化合物(No.1)のNMR分析値は以下の通りである。
1H-NMR:化学シフトδ(ppm;CDCl3):7.58(d,2H)、7.49(d,1H)、7.40(dd,1H)、7.20(d,2H)、7.13(d,1H)、6.59(s,2H)、6.08(s,2H)、4.29(d,4H)、3.49(d,6H)、3.41(s,3H)、2.34(t,J=6.7Hz,1H)、2.15-2.05(m,1H)、2.61(tt,1H)、1.92-0.86(m,16H).
The NMR analysis values of the obtained compound (No. 1) are as follows.
1 H-NMR: chemical shift δ (ppm; CDCl 3 ): 7.58 (d, 2H), 7.49 (d, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.20 (d, 2H). , 7.13 (d, 1H), 6.59 (s, 2H), 6.08 (s, 2H), 4.29 (d, 4H), 3.49 (d, 6H), 3.41 ( s, 3H), 2.34 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.15-2.05 (m, 1H), 2.61 (tt, 1H), 1.92-0.86( m, 16H).
化合物(No.1)の物性は、次のとおりであった。
転移温度(℃):C 64.2 I 重合温度(℃):81.3
The physical properties of the compound (No. 1) were as follows.
Transition temperature (°C): C 64.2 I Polymerization temperature (°C): 81.3
合成例に記載された方法や、「2.化合物(1)の合成」の項を参考にしながら、以下の化合物(No.1)から(No.24)、化合物(I-1)~(I-214)、化合物(II-1)~(II-172)、化合物(III-1)~(III-141)、化合物(IV-1)~(IV-105)、化合物(V-1)~(V-152)、化合物(VI-1)~(VI-98)、化合物(VII-1)~(VII-117)、化合物(VIII-1)~(VIII-138)、化合物(IX-1)~(IX-107)、化合物(X-1)~(X-115)、化合物(XI-1)~(XI-205)、化合物(XII-1)~(XII-118)、化合物(XIII-1)~(XIII-118)、化合物(XIV-1)~(XIV-116)、化合物(XV-1)~(XV-117)を合成することが可能である。 The compounds (No. 1) to (No. 24) and the compounds (I-1) to (I) below are referred to with reference to the methods described in the synthesis examples and the section “2. Synthesis of compound (1)”. -214), compounds (II-1) to (II-172), compounds (III-1) to (III-141), compounds (IV-1) to (IV-105), compounds (V-1) to (V-152), Compounds (VI-1) to (VI-98), Compounds (VII-1) to (VII-117), Compounds (VIII-1) to (VIII-138), Compound (IX-1) ) To (IX-107), compounds (X-1) to (X-115), compounds (XI-1) to (XI-205), compounds (XII-1) to (XII-118), compound (XIII) -1) to (XIII-118), compounds (XIV-1) to (XIV-116), and compounds (XV-1) to (XV-117) can be synthesized.
2.組成物の実施例
実施例における化合物は、下記の表2の定義に基づいて記号により表した。表2において、1,4-シクロヘキシレンに関する立体配置はトランスである。記号の後にあるかっこ内の番号は化合物の番号に対応する。(-)の記号はその他の液晶性化合物を意味する。液晶性化合物の割合(百分率)は、液晶組成物の重量に基づいた重量百分率(重量%)である。最後に、液晶組成物の特性値をまとめた。特性は、先に記載した方法にしたがって測定し、測定値を(外挿することなく)そのまま記載した。
2. Composition Examples The compounds in the examples are represented by symbols based on the definitions in Table 2 below. In Table 2, the configuration for 1,4-cyclohexylene is trans. The number in parentheses after the symbol corresponds to the compound number. The symbol (−) means other liquid crystal compound. The ratio (percentage) of the liquid crystal compound is a weight percentage (% by weight) based on the weight of the liquid crystal composition. Finally, the characteristic values of the liquid crystal composition are summarized. The characteristics were measured according to the method described above, and the measured values were directly described (without extrapolation).
[組成物M1]
1-BB-3 (2-8) 7%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 8%
2-BTB-1 (2-10) 3%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 8%
3-HHB-3 (3-1) 14%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 5%
3-HHB-F (6-1) 4%
2-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 7%
3-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 7%
5-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 7%
3-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 5%
3-HHEB-F (6-10) 4%
5-HHEB-F (6-10) 4%
2-HB-C (8-1) 5%
3-HB-C (8-1) 12%
NI=95.8℃;η=16.9mPa・s;Δn=0.108;Δε=4.8.
[Composition M1]
1-BB-3 (2-8) 7%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 8%
2-BTB-1 (2-10) 3%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 8%
3-HHB-3 (3-1) 14%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 5%
3-HHB-F (6-1) 4%
2-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 7%
3-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 7%
5-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 7%
3-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 5%
3-HHEB-F (6-10) 4%
5-HHEB-F (6-10) 4%
2-HB-C (8-1) 5%
3-HB-C (8-1) 12%
NI=95.8° C.; η=16.9 mPa·s; Δn=0.108; Δε=4.8.
[組成物M2]
3-HH-4 (2-1) 12%
7-HB-1 (2-5) 3%
5-HB-O2 (2-5) 5%
5-HBB(F)B-2 (4-5) 5%
5-HBB(F)B-3 (4-5) 5%
3-HB-CL (5-2) 13%
3-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 3%
3-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 30%
5-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 24%
NI=70.0℃;η=19.4mPa・s;Δn=0.113;Δε=5.7.
[Composition M2]
3-HH-4 (2-1) 12%
7-HB-1 (2-5) 3%
5-HB-O2 (2-5) 5%
5-HBB(F)B-2 (4-5) 5%
5-HBB(F)B-3 (4-5) 5%
3-HB-CL (5-2) 13%
3-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 3%
3-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 30%
5-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 24%
NI=70.0° C.; η=19.4 mPa·s; Δn=0.113; Δε=5.7.
[組成物M3]
1V2-HH-1 (2-1) 3%
1V2-HH-3 (2-1) 4%
7-HB(F,F)-F (5-4) 3%
2-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 10%
3-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 10%
5-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 10%
2-HBB-F (6-22) 4%
3-HBB-F (6-22) 4%
5-HBB-F (6-22) 3%
2-HBB(F)-F (6-23) 9%
3-HBB(F)-F (6-23) 9%
5-HBB(F)-F (6-23) 16%
3-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 5%
5-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 10%
NI=84.9℃;η=25.1mPa・s;Δn=0.111;Δε=5.7.
[Composition M3]
1V2-HH-1 (2-1) 3%
1V2-HH-3 (2-1) 4%
7-HB(F,F)-F (5-4) 3%
2-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 10%
3-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 10%
5-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 10%
2-HBB-F (6-22) 4%
3-HBB-F (6-22) 4%
5-HBB-F (6-22) 3%
2-HBB(F)-F (6-23) 9%
3-HBB(F)-F (6-23) 9%
5-HBB(F)-F (6-23) 16%
3-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 5%
5-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 10%
NI=84.9° C.; η=25.1 mPa·s; Δn=0.111; Δε=5.7.
[組成物M4]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 4%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 12%
1O1-HBBH-5 (4-1) 3%
5-HB-CL (5-2) 16%
3-HHB-F (6-1) 4%
3-HHB-CL (6-1) 3%
4-HHB-CL (6-1) 4%
3-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 10%
4-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 9%
5-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 9%
7-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 8%
5-HBB(F)-F (6-23) 4%
3-HHBB(F,F)-F (7-6) 2%
4-HHBB(F,F)-F (7-6) 3%
5-HHBB(F,F)-F (7-6) 3%
3-HH2BB(F,F)-F (7-15) 3%
4-HH2BB(F,F)-F (7-15) 3%
NI=113.2℃;η=18.7mPa・s;Δn=0.090;Δε=3.7.
[Composition M4]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 4%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 12%
1O1-HBBH-5 (4-1) 3%
5-HB-CL (5-2) 16%
3-HHB-F (6-1) 4%
3-HHB-CL (6-1) 3%
4-HHB-CL (6-1) 4%
3-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 10%
4-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 9%
5-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 9%
7-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 8%
5-HBB(F)-F (6-23) 4%
3-HHBB(F,F)-F (7-6) 2%
4-HHBB(F,F)-F (7-6) 3%
5-HHBB(F,F)-F (7-6) 3%
3-HH2BB(F,F)-F (7-15) 3%
4-HH2BB(F,F)-F (7-15) 3%
NI=113.2° C.; η=18.7 mPa·s; Δn=0.090; Δε=3.7.
[組成物M5]
V-HBB-2 (3-4) 10%
1O1-HBBH-4 (4-1) 4%
1O1-HBBH-5 (4-1) 4%
3-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 9%
3-H2HB(F,F)-F (6-15) 8%
4-H2HB(F,F)-F (6-15) 8%
5-H2HB(F,F)-F (6-15) 8%
3-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 11%
5-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 20%
3-H2BB(F,F)-F (6-27) 10%
5-HHBB(F,F)-F (7-6) 3%
3-HH2BB(F,F)-F (7-15) 3%
5-HHEBB-F (7-17) 2%
NI=106.5℃;η=32.5mPa・s;Δn=0.123;Δε=8.2.
[Composition M5]
V-HBB-2 (3-4) 10%
1O1-HBBH-4 (4-1) 4%
1O1-HBBH-5 (4-1) 4%
3-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 9%
3-H2HB(F,F)-F (6-15) 8%
4-H2HB(F,F)-F (6-15) 8%
5-H2HB(F,F)-F (6-15) 8%
3-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 11%
5-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 20%
3-H2BB(F,F)-F (6-27) 10%
5-HHBB(F,F)-F (7-6) 3%
3-HH2BB(F,F)-F (7-15) 3%
5-HHEBB-F (7-17) 2%
NI=106.5° C.; η=32.5 mPa·s; Δn=0.123; Δε=8.2.
[組成物M6]
5-HBBH-3 (4-1) 3%
3-HB(F)BH-3 (4-2) 3%
5-HB-F (5-2) 12%
6-HB-F (5-2) 9%
7-HB-F (5-2) 7%
2-HHB-OCF3 (6-1) 7%
3-HHB-OCF3 (6-1) 7%
4-HHB-OCF3 (6-1) 7%
5-HHB-OCF3 (6-1) 5%
3-HHB(F,F)-OCF2H (6-3) 4%
3-HHB(F,F)-OCF3 (6-3) 5%
3-HH2B-OCF3 (6-4) 4%
5-HH2B-OCF3 (6-4) 4%
3-HH2B(F)-F (6-5) 3%
3-HBB(F)-F (6-23) 10%
5-HBB(F)-F (6-23) 10%
NI=85.3℃;η=14.9mPa・s;Δn=0.092;Δε=4.5.
[Composition M6]
5-HBBH-3 (4-1) 3%
3-HB(F)BH-3 (4-2) 3%
5-HB-F (5-2) 12%
6-HB-F (5-2) 9%
7-HB-F (5-2) 7%
2-HHB-OCF3 (6-1) 7%
3-HHB-OCF3 (6-1) 7%
4-HHB-OCF3 (6-1) 7%
5-HHB-OCF3 (6-1) 5%
3-HHB(F,F)-OCF2H (6-3) 4%
3-HHB(F,F)-OCF3 (6-3) 5%
3-HH2B-OCF3 (6-4) 4%
5-HH2B-OCF3 (6-4) 4%
3-HH2B(F)-F (6-5) 3%
3-HBB(F)-F (6-23) 10%
5-HBB(F)-F (6-23) 10%
NI=85.3° C.; η=14.9 mPa·s; Δn=0.092; Δε=4.5.
[組成物M7]
3-HH-4 (2-1) 4%
2-HH-5 (2-1) 5%
5-B(F)BB-2 (3-8) 4%
5-HB-CL (5-2) 11%
3-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 8%
3-HHEB(F,F)-F (6-12) 10%
4-HHEB(F,F)-F (6-12) 3%
5-HHEB(F,F)-F (6-12) 3%
3-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 20%
5-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 15%
2-HBEB(F,F)-F (6-39) 3%
3-HBEB(F,F)-F (6-39) 5%
5-HBEB(F,F)-F (6-39) 3%
3-HHBB(F,F)-F (7-6) 6%
NI=76.6℃;η=22.7mPa・s;Δn=0.108;Δε=8.6.
[Composition M7]
3-HH-4 (2-1) 4%
2-HH-5 (2-1) 5%
5-B(F)BB-2 (3-8) 4%
5-HB-CL (5-2) 11%
3-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 8%
3-HHEB(F,F)-F (6-12) 10%
4-HHEB(F,F)-F (6-12) 3%
5-HHEB(F,F)-F (6-12) 3%
3-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 20%
5-HBB(F,F)-F (6-24) 15%
2-HBEB(F,F)-F (6-39) 3%
3-HBEB(F,F)-F (6-39) 5%
5-HBEB(F,F)-F (6-39) 3%
3-HHBB(F,F)-F (7-6) 6%
NI=76.6° C.; η=22.7 mPa·s; Δn=0.108; Δε=8.6.
[組成物M8]
V2-HHB-1 (3-1) 5%
3-HB-CL (5-2) 6%
5-HB-CL (5-2) 4%
3-HHB-OCF3 (6-1) 5%
5-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 5%
V-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 5%
3-H2HB-OCF3 (6-13) 5%
5-H2HB(F,F)-F (6-15) 5%
5-H4HB-OCF3 (6-19) 15%
5-H4HB(F,F)-F (6-21) 7%
3-H4HB(F,F)-CF3 (6-21) 8%
5-H4HB(F,F)-CF3 (6-21) 10%
2-H2BB(F)-F (6-26) 5%
3-H2BB(F)-F (6-26) 10%
3-HBEB(F,F)-F (6-39) 5%
NI=72.6℃;η=24.8mPa・s;Δn=0.099;Δε=8.1.
[Composition M8]
V2-HHB-1 (3-1) 5%
3-HB-CL (5-2) 6%
5-HB-CL (5-2) 4%
3-HHB-OCF3 (6-1) 5%
5-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 5%
V-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 5%
3-H2HB-OCF3 (6-13) 5%
5-H2HB(F,F)-F (6-15) 5%
5-H4HB-OCF3 (6-19) 15%
5-H4HB(F,F)-F (6-21) 7%
3-H4HB(F,F)-CF3 (6-21) 8%
5-H4HB(F,F)-CF3 (6-21) 10%
2-H2BB(F)-F (6-26) 5%
3-H2BB(F)-F (6-26) 10%
3-HBEB(F,F)-F (6-39) 5%
NI=72.6° C.; η=24.8 mPa·s; Δn=0.099; Δε=8.1.
[組成物M9]
3-HH-4 (2-1) 10%
3-HH-5 (2-1) 5%
3-HB-O2 (2-5) 15%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 8%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 5%
5-HB-CL (5-2) 17%
7-HB(F,F)-F (5-4) 3%
2-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 7%
3-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 7%
5-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 7%
3-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 6%
3-H2HB(F,F)-F (6-15) 5%
4-H2HB(F,F)-F (6-15) 5%
NI=71.0℃;η=13.5mPa・s;Δn=0.074;Δε=2.8.
[Composition M9]
3-HH-4 (2-1) 10%
3-HH-5 (2-1) 5%
3-HB-O2 (2-5) 15%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 8%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 5%
5-HB-CL (5-2) 17%
7-HB(F,F)-F (5-4) 3%
2-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 7%
3-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 7%
5-HHB(F)-F (6-2) 7%
3-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 6%
3-H2HB(F,F)-F (6-15) 5%
4-H2HB(F,F)-F (6-15) 5%
NI=71.0° C.; η=13.5 mPa·s; Δn=0.074; Δε=2.8.
[組成物M10]
3-HH-4 (2-1) 9%
3-HH-5 (2-1) 10%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 13%
5-HB-CL (5-2) 3%
7-HB(F)-F (5-3) 7%
2-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 4%
3-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 5%
3-HHEB-F (6-10) 8%
5-HHEB-F (6-10) 8%
3-HHEB(F,F)-F (6-12) 10%
4-HHEB(F,F)-F (6-12) 5%
3-GHB(F,F)-F (6-109) 5%
4-GHB(F,F)-F (6-109) 6%
5-GHB(F,F)-F (6-109) 7%
NI=87.0℃;η=22.2mPa・s;Δn=0.071;Δε=6.0.
[Composition M10]
3-HH-4 (2-1) 9%
3-HH-5 (2-1) 10%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 13%
5-HB-CL (5-2) 3%
7-HB(F)-F (5-3) 7%
2-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 4%
3-HHB(F,F)-F (6-3) 5%
3-HHEB-F (6-10) 8%
5-HHEB-F (6-10) 8%
3-HHEB(F,F)-F (6-12) 10%
4-HHEB(F,F)-F (6-12) 5%
3-GHB(F,F)-F (6-109) 5%
4-GHB(F,F)-F (6-109) 6%
5-GHB(F,F)-F (6-109) 7%
NI=87.0° C.; η=22.2 mPa·s; Δn=0.071; Δε=6.0.
[組成物M11]
3-HH-VFF (2-1) 5%
5-HH-VFF (2-1) 25%
2-BTB-1 (2-10) 10%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 4%
VFF-HHB-1 (3-1) 8%
VFF2-HHB-1 (3-1) 11%
3-H2BTB-2 (3-17) 5%
3-H2BTB-3 (3-17) 4%
3-H2BTB-4 (3-17) 4%
3-HB-C (8-1) 18%
1V2-BEB(F,F)-C (8-15) 6%
NI=81.0℃;η=11.1mPa・s;Δn=0.130;Δε=6.6.
[Composition M11]
3-HH-VFF (2-1) 5%
5-HH-VFF (2-1) 25%
2-BTB-1 (2-10) 10%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 4%
VFF-HHB-1 (3-1) 8%
VFF2-HHB-1 (3-1) 11%
3-H2BTB-2 (3-17) 5%
3-H2BTB-3 (3-17) 4%
3-H2BTB-4 (3-17) 4%
3-HB-C (8-1) 18%
1V2-BEB(F,F)-C (8-15) 6%
NI=81.0° C.; η=11.1 mPa·s; Δn=0.130; Δε=6.6.
[組成物M12]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 14%
3-HB-O1 (2-5) 5%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 3%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 3%
3-HHB-3 (3-1) 4%
2-BB(F)B-3 (3-6) 4%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 10%
5-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
2-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 7%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 7%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 5%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 10%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 10%
3-B(2F,3F)B(2F,3F)-O2
(11-7) 3%
NI=73.2℃;Δn=0.113;Δε=-4.0;
[Composition M12]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 14%
3-HB-O1 (2-5) 5%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 3%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 3%
3-HHB-3 (3-1) 4%
2-BB(F)B-3 (3-6) 4%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 10%
5-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
2-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 7%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 7%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 5%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 10%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 10%
3-B(2F,3F) B(2F,3F)-O2
(11-7) 3%
NI=73.2° C.; Δn=0.113; Δε=−4.0;
[組成物M13]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 12%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 12%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 4%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 3%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 3%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-1) 6%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 7%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 4%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 7%
5-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 4%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
NI=82.8℃;Δn=0.118;Δε=-4.4;
[Composition M13]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 12%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 12%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 4%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 3%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 3%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-1) 6%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 7%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 4%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 7%
5-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 4%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
NI=82.8° C.; Δn=0.118; Δε=−4.4;
[組成物M14]
3-HH-V (2-1) 27%
3-HH-V1 (2-1) 6%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 3%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
5-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 8%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 5%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 4%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
2-BB(2F,3F)B-3 (13-1) 5%
NI=78.1℃;Δn=0.107;Δε=-3.2;
[Composition M14]
3-HH-V (2-1) 27%
3-HH-V1 (2-1) 6%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 3%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
5-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 8%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 5%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 4%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
2-BB (2F, 3F) B-3 (13-1) 5%
NI=78.1° C.; Δn=0.107; Δε=−3.2;
[組成物M15]
3-HH-4 (2-1) 14%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 10%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 7%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 10%
5-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 10%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
5-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 5%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
NI=88.5℃;Δn=0.108;Δε=-3.8;
[Composition M15]
3-HH-4 (2-1) 14%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 10%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 7%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 10%
5-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 10%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
5-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 5%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
NI=88.5° C.; Δn=0.108; Δε=−3.8;
[組成物M16]
3-HH-O1 (2-1) 5%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 4%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 4%
5-HB(F)BH-3 (4-2) 5%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-1) 8%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 10%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-1 (12-1) 6%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 5%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
3-H1OCro(7F,8F)-5 (16-2) 3%
3-HEB(2F,3F)B(2F,3F)-O2 (12)
3%
NI=81.1℃;Δn=0.119;Δε=-4.5;
[Composition M16]
3-HH-O1 (2-1) 5%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 4%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 4%
5-HB(F)BH-3 (4-2) 5%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-1) 8%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 10%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-1 (12-1) 6%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 5%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
3-H1OCro(7F,8F)-5 (16-2) 3%
3-HEB(2F,3F)B(2F,3F)-O2 (12)
3%
NI=81.1° C.; Δn=0.119; Δε=−4.5;
[組成物M17]
5-HH-V (2-1) 18%
7-HB-1 (2-5) 5%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 7%
V2-HHB-1 (3-1) 7%
3-HBB(F)B-3 (4-5) 8%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-1) 15%
3-chB(2F,3F)-O2 (11) 7%
2-HchB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-18) 8%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 5%
NI=98.8℃;Δn=0.111;Δε=-3.2;
[Composition M17]
5-HH-V (2-1) 18%
7-HB-1 (2-5) 5%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 7%
V2-HHB-1 (3-1) 7%
3-HBB(F)B-3 (4-5) 8%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-1) 15%
3-chB(2F,3F)-O2 (11) 7%
2-HchB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-18) 8%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 5%
NI=98.8° C.; Δn=0.111; Δε=−3.2;
[組成物M18]
3-HH-V (2-1) 11%
3-HH-VFF (2-1) 7%
F3-HH-V (2-1) 10%
3-HHEH-3 (3-13) 4%
3-HHEBH-3 (4-6) 4%
3-HB(F)HH-2 (4-7) 4%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 18%
5-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 17%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 5%
3-HHB(2F,3Cl)-O2 (12) 5%
3-HBB(2F,3Cl)-O2 (12) 8%
5-HBB(2F,3Cl)-O2 (12) 7%
NI=77.5℃;Δn=0.084;Δε=-2.6;
[Composition M18]
3-HH-V (2-1) 11%
3-HH-VFF (2-1) 7%
F3-HH-V (2-1) 10%
3-HHEH-3 (3-13) 4%
3-HHEBH-3 (4-6) 4%
3-HB(F)HH-2 (4-7) 4%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 18%
5-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 17%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 5%
3-HHB(2F,3Cl)-O2 (12) 5%
3-HBB(2F,3Cl)-O2 (12) 8%
5-HBB(2F,3Cl)-O2 (12) 7%
NI=77.5° C.; Δn=0.084; Δε=−2.6;
[組成物M19]
3-HH-V (2-1) 11%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 5%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 8%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 10%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 10%
2O-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 3%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 4%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-1 (12-1) 5%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 6%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
2-BB(2F,3F)B-3 (13-1) 6%
2-BB(2F,3F)B-4 (13-1) 6%
3-HH1OCro(7F,8F)-5
(15-3) 4%
NI=70.6℃;Δn=0.129;Δε=-4.3;
[Composition M19]
3-HH-V (2-1) 11%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 5%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 8%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 10%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 10%
2O-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 3%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 4%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-1 (12-1) 5%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 6%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
2-BB (2F, 3F) B-3 (13-1) 6%
2-BB (2F, 3F) B-4 (13-1) 6%
3-HH1OCro(7F,8F)-5
(15-3) 4%
NI=70.6° C.; Δn=0.129; Δε=-4.3;
[組成物M20]
3-HH-V (2-1) 14%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 3%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 4%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 4%
V-HBB-2 (3-4) 4%
1-BB(F)B-2V (3-6) 6%
5-HBBH-1O1 (4-1) 4%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-1) 14%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 10%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 3%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 6%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
NI=93.0℃;Δn=0.123;Δε=-4.0;
[Composition M20]
3-HH-V (2-1) 14%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 3%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 4%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 4%
V-HBB-2 (3-4) 4%
1-BB(F)B-2V (3-6) 6%
5-HBBH-1O1 (4-1) 4%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-1) 14%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 10%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 3%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 6%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
NI=93.0° C.; Δn=0.123; Δε=-4.0;
[組成物M21]
3-HH-V (2-1) 11%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 6%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 4%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 4%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 4%
3-B(F)BB-2 (3-6) 4%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-1) 6%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 10%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 5%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
NI=87.6℃;Δn=0.126;Δε=-4.5;
[Composition M21]
3-HH-V (2-1) 11%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 6%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 4%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 4%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 4%
3-B(F)BB-2 (3-6) 4%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-1) 6%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 10%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 5%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
NI=87.6° C.; Δn=0.126; Δε=−4.5;
[組成物M22]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 12%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 6%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 3%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 4%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 6%
3-B(F)BB-2 (3-6) 3%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-1) 6%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 7%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 4%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 6%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 10%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 8%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
NI=93.0℃;Δn=0.124;Δε=-4.5;
[Composition M22]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 12%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 6%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 3%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 4%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 6%
3-B(F)BB-2 (3-6) 3%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-1) 6%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 7%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 4%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 6%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 10%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 8%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
NI=93.0° C.; Δn=0.124; Δε=−4.5;
[組成物M23]
3-HH-V (2-1) 33%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 3%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
5-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 8%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 5%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 5%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
2-BB(2F,3F)B-3 (13-1) 4%
NI=76.4℃;Δn=0.104;Δε=-3.2;
[Composition M23]
3-HH-V (2-1) 33%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 3%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
5-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 8%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 5%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 5%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
2-BB (2F, 3F) B-3 (13-1) 4%
NI=76.4° C.; Δn=0.104; Δε=−3.2;
[組成物M24]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 5%
3-HH-VFF (2-1) 30%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 5%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 3%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 3%
2-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 6%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 4%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 3%
2-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 14%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 11%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 9%
NI=78.3℃;Δn=0.103;Δε=-3.2;
[Composition M24]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 5%
3-HH-VFF (2-1) 30%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 5%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 3%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 3%
2-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 6%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 4%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 3%
2-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 14%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 7%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 11%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 9%
NI=78.3° C.; Δn=0.103; Δε=−3.2;
[組成物M25]
3-HH-V (2-1) 27%
3-HH-V1 (2-1) 6%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 5%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 5%
5-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 8%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 5%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 5%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 9%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
2-BB(2F,3F)B-3 (13-1) 4%
NI=81.2℃;Δn=0.107;Δε=-3.2;
[Composition M25]
3-HH-V (2-1) 27%
3-HH-V1 (2-1) 6%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 5%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 5%
5-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 7%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 8%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 5%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 5%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 9%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
2-BB (2F, 3F) B-3 (13-1) 4%
NI=81.2° C.; Δn=0.107; Δε=−3.2;
[組成物M26]
4-HH-V (2-1) 15%
3-HH-V1 (2-1) 6%
1-HH-2V1 (2-1) 6%
3-HH-2V1 (2-1) 4%
V2-BB-1 (2-8) 5%
1V2-BB-1 (2-8) 5%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 6%
3-HB(F)BH-3 (4-2) 4%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 8%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 5%
2-HchB(2F,3F)-O2 (12) 8%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 3%
5-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 4%
2-BB(2F,3F)B-3 (13-1) 7%
2-BB(2F,3F)B-4 (13-1) 7%
NI=88.7℃;Δn=0.115;Δε=-1.9;
[Composition M26]
4-HH-V (2-1) 15%
3-HH-V1 (2-1) 6%
1-HH-2V1 (2-1) 6%
3-HH-2V1 (2-1) 4%
V2-BB-1 (2-8) 5%
1V2-BB-1 (2-8) 5%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 6%
3-HB(F)BH-3 (4-2) 4%
3-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 8%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 5%
2-HchB(2F,3F)-O2 (12) 8%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 3%
5-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 4%
2-BB (2F, 3F) B-3 (13-1) 7%
2-BB (2F, 3F) B-4 (13-1) 7%
NI=88.7° C.; Δn=0.115; Δε=-1.9;
[組成物M27]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 12%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 12%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 4%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 3%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 3%
V2-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
V2-H1OB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-5) 4%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 7%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 7%
5-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 4%
V-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 6%
V2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O4 (12-7) 6%
NI=89.9℃;Δn=0.122;Δε=-4.2;
[Composition M27]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 12%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 12%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 4%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 3%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 3%
V2-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 8%
V2-H1OB(2F,3F)-O4 (11-5) 4%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 7%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7%
3-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 7%
5-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 4%
V-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 6%
V2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O4 (12-7) 6%
NI=89.9° C.; Δn=0.122; Δε=−4.2;
[組成物M28]
3-HH-V (2-1) 27%
3-HH-V1 (2-1) 6%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 3%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 3%
V-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 3%
V2-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 5%
V2-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 3%
1V2-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 3%
5-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 5%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 6%
V-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 6%
V-HHB(2F,3F)-O4 (12-1) 5%
V2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
V-HHB(2F,3Cl)-O2 (12) 3%
V2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O4 (12-7) 5%
V2-BB(2F,3F)B-1 (13-1) 4%
NI=77.1℃;Δn=0.101;Δε=-3.0;
[Composition M28]
3-HH-V (2-1) 27%
3-HH-V1 (2-1) 6%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 3%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 3%
V-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 3%
V2-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 5%
V2-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 3%
1V2-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 3%
5-H2B(2F,3F)-O2 (11-4) 5%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 6%
V-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 6%
V-HHB(2F,3F)-O4 (12-1) 5%
V2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
V-HHB(2F,3Cl)-O2 (12) 3%
V2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 5%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O4 (12-7) 5%
V2-BB (2F, 3F) B-1 (13-1) 4%
NI=77.1° C.; Δn=0.101; Δε=−3.0;
[組成物M29]
3-HH-4 (2-1) 14%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 10%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 7%
V-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 10%
V2-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 10%
2O-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 3%
V2-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 8%
2-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 3%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 3%
V2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 5%
V-HHB(2F,3Cl)-O2 (12) 7%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O4 (12-7) 8%
NI=75.9℃;Δn=0.114;Δε=-3.9;
[Composition M29]
3-HH-4 (2-1) 14%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 10%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 7%
V-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 10%
V2-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 10%
2O-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 3%
V2-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 8%
2-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 3%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 3%
V2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 5%
V-HHB(2F,3Cl)-O2 (12) 7%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 6%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O4 (12-7) 8%
NI=75.9° C.; Δn=0.114; Δε=-3.9;
[組成物M30]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 20%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 6%
3-HB-O2 (2-5) 3%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 3%
3-HHB-3 (3-1) 6%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 6%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 10%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 12%
5-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 4%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 10%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 12%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 8%
NI=75.9℃;Δn=0.101;Δε=-2.7.
[Composition M30]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 20%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 6%
3-HB-O2 (2-5) 3%
3-HHB-O1 (3-1) 3%
3-HHB-3 (3-1) 6%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 6%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 10%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 12%
5-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 4%
3-BB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-3) 10%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 12%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 8%
NI=75.9° C.; Δn=0.101; Δε=−2.7.
[組成物M31]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 18%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 3%
3-HH-5 (2-1) 3%
2-HH-5 (2-1) 2%
3-HB-O2 (2-5) 17%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 10%
2-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 7%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 9%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 4%
NI=78.4℃;Δn=0.105;Δε=-2.7;
[Composition M31]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 18%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 3%
3-HH-5 (2-1) 3%
2-HH-5 (2-1) 2%
3-HB-O2 (2-5) 17%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 10%
2-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 7%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 7%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
5-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 9%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 4%
NI=78.4° C.; Δn=0.105; Δε=−2.7;
[組成物M32]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 22%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 4%
3-HB-O2 (2-5) 10%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 14%
2-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 10%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 10%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 3%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 9%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 3%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
NI=76.0℃;Δn=0.097;Δε=-3.0;
[Composition M32]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 22%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 4%
3-HB-O2 (2-5) 10%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 14%
2-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 10%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 10%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 3%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 9%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 3%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
NI=76.0° C.; Δn=0.097; Δε=−3.0;
[組成物M33]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 21%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 5%
3-HH-5 (2-1) 6%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 4%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 10.5%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 10.5%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 6%
V-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 12%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 10%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O4 (12-7) 7%
NI=75.3℃;Δn=0.109;Δε=-3.1;
[Composition M33]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 21%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 5%
3-HH-5 (2-1) 6%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 4%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 10.5%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 10.5%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 6%
V-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 12%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 10%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
V-HBB(2F,3F)-O4 (12-7) 7%
NI=75.3° C.; Δn=0.109; Δε=-3.1;
[組成物M34]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 25%
1-BB-2 (2-8) 15%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 4%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 6%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 8%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 8%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 8%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 26%
NI=73.5℃;Δn=0.100;Δε=-2.6.
[Composition M34]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 25%
1-BB-2 (2-8) 15%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 4%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 6%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 8%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 8%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 8%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 26%
NI=73.5° C.; Δn=0.100; Δε=-2.6.
[組成物M35]
3-DhB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-2) 7%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 3%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 9%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 9%
3-HDhB(2F.3F)-O2 (12-3) 10%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
5-HFLF4-3 (19-1) 3%
2-HH-3 (2-1) 22%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 4%
3-HH-5 (2-1) 4%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 4%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 12%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 2%
NI=74.8℃;Δn=0.099;Δε=-3.2.
[Composition M35]
3-DhB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-2) 7%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 3%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 9%
5-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 9%
3-HDhB(2F.3F)-O2 (12-3) 10%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 3%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
5-HFLF4-3 (19-1) 3%
2-HH-3 (2-1) 22%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 4%
3-HH-5 (2-1) 4%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 4%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 12%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 2%
NI=74.8° C.; Δn=0.099; Δε=−3.2.
[組成物M36]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 18%
V-HH-V (2-1) 8%
3-HB-O2 (2-5) 17%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 10%
2-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 7%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 7%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 4%
3-HB(2F)B(2F,3F)-O2
(12) 9%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
NI=71.1℃;Δn=0.105;Δε=-2.7.
[Composition M36]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 18%
V-HH-V (2-1) 8%
3-HB-O2 (2-5) 17%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 10%
2-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 7%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 7%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 4%
3-HB(2F)B(2F,3F)-O2
(12) 9%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 4%
2-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
3-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 8%
4-HBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-7) 4%
NI=71.1° C.; Δn=0.105; Δε=−2.7.
[組成物M37]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 19%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 5%
3-HH-5 (2-1) 4%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 4%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 16%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 2.5%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 8%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 6%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 8%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7.5%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 20%
NI=75.6℃;Δn=0.104;Δε=-2.4.
[Composition M37]
2-HH-3 (2-1) 19%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 5%
3-HH-5 (2-1) 4%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 4%
1-BB-5 (2-8) 16%
3-HHB-1 (3-1) 2.5%
3-HBB-2 (3-4) 8%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 6%
3-H1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-5) 8%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 7.5%
3-HH1OB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-5) 20%
NI=75.6° C.; Δn=0.104; Δε=−2.4.
[組成物M38]
3-HH-V (2-1) 29%
2-HH-3 (2-1) 2%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 5%
V-HBB-2 (3-4) 14%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 12%
5-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 8%
2O-B(2F)B(2F,3F)-O2
(11-9) 5%
3-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 9%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 9%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 7%
NI=76.5℃;Δn=0.098;Δε=-3.0;
[Composition M38]
3-HH-V (2-1) 29%
2-HH-3 (2-1) 2%
V-HHB-1 (3-1) 5%
V-HBB-2 (3-4) 14%
3-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 12%
5-HB(2F,3F)-O2 (11-1) 8%
2O-B(2F)B(2F,3F)-O2
(11-9) 5%
3-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 9%
3-HDhB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-3) 9%
3-dhBB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-9) 7%
NI=76.5° C.; Δn=0.098; Δε=−3.0;
[組成物M39]
3-HH-V (2-1) 20%
2-HH-3 (2-1) 10%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 6%
3-HB-O2 (2-5) 7%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 4%
5-B(F)BB-2 (3-6) 7%
2O-B(2F)B(2F,3F)-O2
(11-9) 7%
2O-B(2F)B(2F,3F)-O4
(11-9) 7%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 3%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 6%
V-HHB(2F,3F)-O1 (12-1) 4%
V-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 10%
3-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 9%
NI=75.3℃;Δn=0.102;Δε=-2.6;
[Composition M39]
3-HH-V (2-1) 20%
2-HH-3 (2-1) 10%
3-HH-4 (2-1) 6%
3-HB-O2 (2-5) 7%
1-BB-3 (2-8) 4%
5-B(F)BB-2 (3-6) 7%
2O-B(2F)B(2F,3F)-O2
(11-9) 7%
2O-B (2F) B (2F, 3F)-O4
(11-9) 7%
2-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 3%
3-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 6%
V-HHB(2F,3F)-O1 (12-1) 4%
V-HHB(2F,3F)-O2 (12-1) 10%
3-HH2B(2F,3F)-O2 (12-4) 9%
NI=75.3° C.; Δn=0.102; Δε=-2.6;
以下の重合性化合物として、以下の(RM-1)から(RM-9)を使用した。
The following polymerizable compounds (RM-1) to (RM-9) were used.
2.液晶表示素子の配向性
[比較例1]
比較として、組成物(M1)に重合性化合物(RM-1)を1.0質量%の割合で添加した。この極性化合物を添加した本発明の液晶組成物を、配向膜を有しないガラス基板のVA素子に封入し、組成物の基板上での垂直配向性を確認したところ、垂直配向性を示さなかった。
[実施例1]
組成物(M1)に化合物(1)としてNo.13の化合物を1.0質量%の割合で添加した。この化合物(1)を添加した本発明の液晶組成物を、配向膜を有しないガラス基板のVA素子に封入し、組成物の基板上での垂直配向性を確認したところ、垂直配向性を示した。
2. Orientation of liquid crystal display device [Comparative Example 1]
For comparison, the polymerizable compound (RM-1) was added to the composition (M1) at a ratio of 1.0% by mass. The liquid crystal composition of the present invention to which this polar compound was added was enclosed in a VA element of a glass substrate having no alignment film, and the vertical alignment of the composition on the substrate was confirmed. As a result, no vertical alignment was exhibited. ..
[Example 1]
The compound No. 13 as the compound (1) was added to the composition (M1) at a ratio of 1.0% by mass. The liquid crystal composition of the present invention to which this compound (1) was added was enclosed in a VA element of a glass substrate having no alignment film, and the vertical alignment of the composition on the substrate was confirmed. It was
[実施例2から39]
表3-1~3-3に示すように、組成物の種類および極性化合物および重合性化合物の種類と濃度を変えて液晶組成物を調製した。これらの表において、「%」は質量%であり、「No.13」はNo.13の化合物のことであり、「極性化合物」とは、式(1)以外の極性化合物であり、極性化合物として記載されている「21-1」などは、好ましい極性化合物である式(21-1)などを表し、重合性化合物として記載されている「RM-1」などは、前述の式(RM-1)などを表し、「-」はその成分を含まないことを表す。
実施例1と同様の方法で垂直配向性を確認した。垂直配向性を示した場合は「○」、垂直配向性を示さなかった場合を「×」として、結果を表3-4~3-6にまとめた。
[Examples 2 to 39]
As shown in Tables 3-1 to 3-3, liquid crystal compositions were prepared by changing the type of composition and the types and concentrations of polar compounds and polymerizable compounds. In these tables, "%" is% by mass, "No. 13" means the compound of No. 13, "polar compound" means a polar compound other than the formula (1), and a polar compound. And the like, "21-1" and the like represent a preferable polar compound such as formula (21-1), and "RM-1" and the like described as the polymerizable compound include the above formula (RM- 1) and the like, and “−” means that the component is not included.
Vertical alignment was confirmed by the same method as in Example 1. The results are summarized in Tables 3-4 to 3-6, in which the case where the vertical alignment is shown is “◯”, and the case where the vertical alignment is not shown is “x”.
表3-1
Table 3-1
表3-2
Table 3-2
表3-3
Table 3-3
表3-4
Table 3-4
表3-5
Table 3-5
表3-6
Table 3-6
表3-4~3-6の結果より、化合物(1)を添加した液晶組成物を用いた素子では、垂直配向性を示した。一方、化合物(1)を添加しなかった組成物を用いた素子では垂直配向性を示さなかった。また、実施例15から30の液晶組成物では極性化合物(21-1)から(24-6)、重合性化合物(RM-1)から(RM-9)をさらに添加したが、同様の結果が得られた。この結果は、本発明の化合物(1)が液晶表示素子での垂直配向性を有することを示している。 From the results of Tables 3-4 to 3-6, the device using the liquid crystal composition containing the compound (1) showed vertical alignment. On the other hand, the device using the composition to which the compound (1) was not added did not show vertical alignment. Further, in the liquid crystal compositions of Examples 15 to 30, polar compounds (21-1) to (24-6) and polymerizable compounds (RM-1) to (RM-9) were further added, but similar results were obtained. Was obtained. This result shows that the compound (1) of the present invention has a vertical alignment property in a liquid crystal display device.
[実施例40]
組成物(M1)に化合物(1)としてNo.1の化合物を1.0質量%の割合で添加した。この化合物(1)を添加した本発明の液晶組成物を、配向膜を有しないガラス基板のVA素子に封入し、組成物の基板上での垂直配向性を確認したところ、垂直配向性を示した。
[Example 40]
The compound of No. 1 as the compound (1) was added to the composition (M1) at a ratio of 1.0% by mass. The liquid crystal composition of the present invention to which this compound (1) was added was enclosed in a VA element of a glass substrate having no alignment film, and the vertical alignment of the composition on the substrate was confirmed. It was
[実施例41から78]
表3-7~3-9に示すように、組成物の種類および極性化合物および重合性化合物の種類と濃度を変えて液晶組成物を調製した。これらの表において、「%」は質量%であり、「No.1」はNo.1の化合物のことであり、「極性化合物」とは、式(1)以外の極性化合物であり、極性化合物として記載されている「21-1」などは、好ましい極性化合物である式(21-1)などを表し、重合性化合物として記載されている「RM-1」などは、前述の式(RM-1)などを表し、「-」はその成分を含まないことを表す。
実施例40と同様の方法で垂直配向性を確認した。垂直配向性を示した場合は「○」、垂直配向性を示さなかった場合を「×」として、結果を表3-10~3-12にまとめた。
[Examples 41 to 78]
As shown in Tables 3-7 to 3-9, liquid crystal compositions were prepared by changing the type of composition and the types and concentrations of polar compounds and polymerizable compounds. In these tables, "%" is% by mass, "No. 1" means the compound of No. 1, "polar compound" means a polar compound other than the formula (1), and a polar compound. And the like, "21-1" and the like represent a preferable polar compound such as formula (21-1), and "RM-1" and the like described as the polymerizable compound include the above formula (RM- 1) and the like, and “−” means that the component is not included.
Vertical alignment was confirmed by the same method as in Example 40. The results are summarized in Tables 3-10 to 3-12, in which the case where the vertical orientation is shown is “◯” and the case where the vertical orientation is not shown is “x”.
表3-7
Table 3-7
表3-8
Table 3-8
表3-9
Table 3-9
表3-10
Table 3-10
表3-11
Table 3-11
表3-12
Table 3-12
表3-10~3-12の結果より、化合物(1)を添加した液晶組成物を用いた素子では、垂直配向性を示した。一方、化合物(1)を添加しなかった組成物を用いた素子では垂直配向性を示さなかった。また、実施例54から78の液晶組成物では極性化合物(21-1)から(24-6)、重合性化合物(RM-1)から(RM-9)をさらに添加したが、同様の結果が得られた。この結果は、本発明の化合物(1)が液晶表示素子での垂直配向性を有することを示している。
From the results of Tables 3-10 to 3-12, the device using the liquid crystal composition containing the compound (1) exhibited vertical alignment. On the other hand, the device using the composition to which the compound (1) was not added did not show vertical alignment. Further, in the liquid crystal compositions of Examples 54 to 78, polar compounds (21-1) to (24-6) and polymerizable compounds (RM-1) to (RM-9) were further added, but similar results were obtained. Was obtained. This result shows that the compound (1) of the present invention has a vertical alignment property in a liquid crystal display device.
本発明の液晶組成物は、配向膜を有しない素子において、液晶分子の配向を制御することが可能である。この組成物を含有する液晶表示素子は、短い応答時間、大きな電圧保持率、低いしきい値電圧、大きなコントラスト比、長い寿命などの特性を有するので、液晶プロジェクター、液晶テレビなどに用いることができる。 The liquid crystal composition of the present invention can control the alignment of liquid crystal molecules in an element having no alignment film. A liquid crystal display device containing this composition has characteristics such as a short response time, a large voltage holding ratio, a low threshold voltage, a large contrast ratio, and a long life, so that it can be used for a liquid crystal projector, a liquid crystal television and the like. ..
Claims (19)
式(1)において、
R1、R2およびR3は独立して、水素、-Sp-P、または炭素数1から15のアルキルであり、このR1、R2およびR3において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-または-S-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく;
環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4は独立して、1,2-シクロプロピレン、1,3-シクロブチレン、1,3-シクロペンチレン、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘプチレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルであり、環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、塩素、炭素数1から10のアルキル、炭素数2から10のアルケニル、炭素数1から9のアルコキシ、炭素数2から9のアルケニルオキシ、または-Sp-Pで置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく、構造内に複数の環A1、環A2および環A3が存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、;
aおよびbは独立して、0、1、2、または3であり、cは1、2、3または4であり;
Z1、Z2およびZ3は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から6のアルキレンであり、このZ1、Z2およびZ3において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく、構造内に複数のZ1、Z2およびZ3が存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、;
-Sp-Pにおいて、Spは単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このSpにおいて、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく、構造内に複数のSpが存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく;
-Sp-Pにおいて、Pは、式(1b)~式(1h)のいずれかで表される基であり、構造内に複数のPが存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、ただし少なくとも一つのPは式(1b)中のR4が-CH2OCH3または-CH2OHである基であり;
式(1b)~式(1h)において、
M1、M2、M3およびM4は独立して、水素、ハロゲン、炭素数1から5のアルキル、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から5のアルキルであり;
R4、R5、R6、R7、R8およびR9は独立して、水素または炭素数1から15のアルキルであり、このR4、R5、R6、R7、R8およびR9において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-または-S-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はハロゲンで置き換えられてもよい。 A compound represented by the formula (1).
In equation (1),
R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are independently hydrogen, —Sp—P, or alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and in this R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is , —O— or —S—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced with —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and at least one hydrogen is , May be replaced by fluorine or chlorine;
Ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are independently 1,2-cyclopropylene, 1,3-cyclobutylene, 1,3-cyclopentylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1 ,4-cycloheptylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2, 6-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl or pyridine-2,5-diyl, ring A 1 , ring A 2 , in ring A 3 and ring A 4 , at least one hydrogen is fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 9 carbons, or 2 to 9 carbons. Alkenyloxy, or -Sp-P, at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine, and a plurality of ring A 1 , ring A 2 and ring A 3 are present in the structure. Each may be different, if
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3 and c is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and in this Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, May be replaced by —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, where at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — is replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—. Or at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine, and when there are multiple Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 in the structure, each may be different;
In —Sp—P, Sp is a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and in this Sp, at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, Or —OCOO—, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine or chlorine. Each may be different when there are multiple Sp in the structure;
In -Sp-P, P is a group represented by any one of formula (1b) to formula (1h), and when a plurality of P are present in the structure, each may be different, but at least One P is a group in which R 4 in formula (1b) is —CH 2 OCH 3 or —CH 2 OH;
In formulas (1b) to (1h),
M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are independently hydrogen, halogen, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons in which at least one hydrogen has been replaced by halogen;
R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are independently hydrogen or alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, and R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 8 In R 9 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O— or —S—, and at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — is —CH═CH— or —C≡C—. May be replaced by and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by halogen.
Z1、Z2およびZ3が独立して、単結合、-(CH2)2-、-(CH2)4-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、または-CF=CF-である、請求項1に記載の化合物。 In equation (1),
Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are independently a single bond, —(CH 2 ) 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —COO—, —OCO. -, - CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCH 2 -, or -CF = CF-, a compound of claim 1.
環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4が独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルであり、環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、塩素、炭素数1から10のアルキル、炭素数2から10のアルケニル、炭素数1から9のアルコキシ、または炭素数2から9のアルケニルオキシで置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよい、請求項1または2に記載の化合物。 In equation (1),
Ring A 1 , Ring A 2 , Ring A 3 and Ring A 4 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, tetrahydro Pyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl, wherein ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 And in ring A 4 , at least one hydrogen is fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 9 carbons, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 9 carbons. 3. A compound according to claim 1 or 2 which may be replaced and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine.
R1およびR2が-Sp-Pであり、R3が炭素数1から15のアルキル、水素または-Sp-Pである、請求項1から3のいずれか1項に記載の化合物。 In equation (1),
The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein R 1 and R 2 are -Sp-P, and R 3 is alkyl having 1 to 15 carbons, hydrogen or -Sp-P.
Pが式(1b-1)、(1b-2)、(1b-3)、(1b-4)、式(1b-5)、(1c-1)、(1d-1)、(1d-2)または(1e-1)で表される基であり、構造内に複数のPが存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、ただし少なくとも一つのPは式(1b-4)または(1b-5)である請求項1から4のいずれか1項に記載の化合物。
In equation (1),
P is the formula (1b-1), (1b-2), (1b-3), (1b-4), formula (1b-5), (1c-1), (1d-1), (1d-2) ) Or (1e-1), and when a plurality of Ps are present in the structure, each may be different, provided that at least one P is represented by the formula (1b-4) or (1b- 5) The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which is
aおよびbが独立して0、1または2であり、ただしa+bは3以下であり、cが1、2または3であり、環A1、環A2、環A3および環A4が独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレンまたは1,4-フェニレンあり、Z1、Z2およびZ3が単結合である、請求項1から5のいずれか1項に記載の化合物。 In the described formula (1),
a and b are independently 0, 1 or 2, provided that a+b is 3 or less, c is 1, 2 or 3, and ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 and ring A 4 are independent. And the compound is 1,4-cyclohexylene or 1,4-phenylene, and Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are single bonds, and the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
式(1-1)から式(1-10)において、R3は、炭素数1から10のアルキル、水素または-Sp3-P3であり、環A1、環A2、環A3、環A4および環A5は独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-フェニレン、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイルであり、環A1、環A2、環A3、環A4および環A5において、
少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、塩素、炭素数1から5のアルキル、炭素数2から5のアルケニル、炭素数1から5のアルコキシ、または炭素数2から5のアルケニルオキシで置き換えられてもよく、構造内に複数の環A1が存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、Sp1、Sp2およびSp3は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このSp1、Sp2およびSp3において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、 P1、P2およびP3は独立して、式(1b-1)、(1b-2)、(1b-3)、(1b-4)、式(1b-5)、(1c-1)、(1d-1)、(1d-2)または(1e-1)で表される基であり、構造内に複数のPが存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、ただし少なくとも一つのPは式(1b-4)または(1b-5)である。
The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, which is represented by any one of formulas (1-1) to (1-10).
In formulas (1-1) to (1-10), R 3 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, hydrogen or —Sp 3 —P 3 , and ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 , Ring A 4 and ring A 5 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, and ring A 1 , ring A 2 , ring A 3 , In ring A 4 and ring A 5 ,
At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, alkenyl having 2 to 5 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 5 carbons, or alkenyloxy having 2 to 5 carbons, When a plurality of rings A 1 are present in the structure, each may be different, and Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 are independently a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, and Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced with —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, and at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and P 1 , P 2 and P 3 are independently of the formulas (1b-1), (1b-2), A group represented by formula (1b-3), (1b-4), formula (1b-5), (1c-1), (1d-1), (1d-2) or (1e-1), If more than one P is present in the structure, each may be different, provided that at least one P is of formula (1b-4) or (1b-5).
式(1-11)から式(1-32)において、R3は、炭素数1から10のアルキル、水素または-Sp3-P3であり、Sp1、Sp2およびSp3は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このSp1、Sp2およびSp3において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-COO-、または-OCO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-(CH2)2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、 P1、P2およびP3は独立して、式(1b-1)、(1b-2)、(1b-3)、(1b-4)、式(1b-5)、(1c-1)、(1d-1)、(1d-2)または(1e-1)で表される基であり、構造内に複数のPが存在する場合、それぞれが異なっていてもよく、ただし少なくとも一つのPは式(1b-4)または(1b-5)である。
The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which is represented by any one of formulas (1-11) to (1-32).
In formulas (1-11) to (1-32), R 3 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons, hydrogen or —Sp 3 —P 3 , and Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 are independently , A single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, wherein in Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 , at least one —CH 2 — is replaced with —O—, —COO—, or —OCO— Alternatively, at least one —(CH 2 ) 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and P 1 , P 2 and P 3 are independently of the formula (1b- 1), (1b-2), (1b-3), (1b-4), formula (1b-5), (1c-1), (1d-1), (1d-2) or (1e-1) When a plurality of Ps are present in the structure, each of them may be different, provided that at least one P is the formula (1b-4) or (1b-5).
式(2)から(4)において、
R11およびR12は独立して、炭素数1から10のアルキルまたは炭素数2から10のアルケニルであり、このR11およびR12において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよく;
環B1、環B2、環B3、および環B4は独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-フェニレン、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン、2,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン、またはピリミジン-2,5-ジイルであり;
Z11、Z12、およびZ13は独立して、単結合、-COO-、-CH2CH2-、-CH=CH-、または-C≡C-である。 The liquid crystal composition according to claim 9, containing at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (2) to (4).
In equations (2) to (4),
R 11 and R 12 are independently alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and in this R 11 and R 12 , at least one —CH 2 — is replaced with —O— And at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine;
Ring B 1 , Ring B 2 , Ring B 3 , and Ring B 4 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2,5-difluoro- 1,4-phenylene or pyrimidine-2,5-diyl;
Z 11 , Z 12 and Z 13 are independently a single bond, —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH═CH—, or —C≡C—.
式(5)から(7)において、
R13は炭素数1から10のアルキルまたは炭素数2から10のアルケニルであり、このR13において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよく;
X11は、フッ素、塩素、-OCF3、-OCHF2、-CF3、-CHF2、-CH2F、-OCF2CHF2、または-OCF2CHFCF3であり;
環C1、環C2、および環C3は独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-フェニレン、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、または少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた1,4-フェニレンであり;
Z14、Z15、およびZ16は独立して、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2CH2-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、または-(CH2)4-であり;
L11およびL12は独立して、水素またはフッ素である。 The liquid crystal composition according to claim 9 or 10, containing at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (5) to (7).
In equations (5) to (7),
R 13 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and in this R 13 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine. May be replaced with;
X 11 is fluorine, chlorine, —OCF 3 , —OCHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CHF 2 , —CH 2 F, —OCF 2 CHF 2 , or —OCF 2 CHFCF 3 ;
Ring C 1 , Ring C 2 , and Ring C 3 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl. , Pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or 1,4-phenylene having at least one hydrogen replaced by fluorine;
Z 14 , Z 15 and Z 16 are independently a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, or —(CH 2 ) 4 —;
L 11 and L 12 are independently hydrogen or fluorine.
式(8)において、
R14は炭素数1から10のアルキルまたは炭素数2から10のアルケニルであり、このR14において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよく;
X12は-C≡Nまたは-C≡C-C≡Nであり;
環D1は、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-フェニレン、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、または少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた1,4-フェニレンであり;
Z17は、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2CH2-、または-C≡C-であり;
L13およびL14は独立して、水素またはフッ素であり;
iは、1、2、3、または4である。 The liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 9 to 11, containing at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (8).
In equation (8),
R 14 is alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and in this R 14 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine. May be replaced with;
X 12 is —C≡N or —C≡C—C≡N;
Ring D 1 is 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or at least 1 1,4-phenylene with one hydrogen replaced by fluorine;
Z 17 is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, or —C≡C—. And
L 13 and L 14 are independently hydrogen or fluorine;
i is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
式(11)から(19)において、
R15、R16、およびR17は独立して、炭素数1から10のアルキルまたは炭素数2から10のアルケニルであり、このR15、R16、およびR17において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素はフッ素で置き換えられてもよく、そしてR17は、水素またはフッ素であってもよく;
環E1、環E2、環E3、および環E4は独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、または少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた1,4-フェニレンであり;
環E5および環E6は独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン,テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、またはデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイルであり;
Z18、Z19、Z20、およびZ21は独立して、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2CH2-、-CF2OCH2CH2-、または-OCF2CH2CH2-であり;
L15およびL16は独立して、フッ素または塩素であり;
S11は、水素またはメチルであり;
Xは、-CHF-または-CF2-であり;
j、k、m、n、p、q、r、およびsは独立して、0または1であり、k、m、n、およびpの和は、1または2であり、q、r、およびsの和は、0、1、2、または3であり、
tは、1、2、または3である。 The liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 9 to 12, containing at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (11) to (19).
In equations (11) to (19),
R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are independently alkyl having 1 to 10 carbons or alkenyl having 2 to 10 carbons, and in R 15 , R 16 and R 17 , at least one —CH 2 -May be replaced by -O-, at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine, and R 17 may be hydrogen or fluorine;
Ring E 1 , ring E 2 , ring E 3 and ring E 4 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl. , Decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, or 1,4-phenylene in which at least one hydrogen has been replaced by fluorine;
Ring E 5 and ring E 6 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, or decahydronaphthalene-2,6. -Is Jail;
Z 18 , Z 19 , Z 20 and Z 21 are independently a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 OCH 2 CH 2 —, or —OCF 2 CH 2 CH 2 —;
L 15 and L 16 are independently fluorine or chlorine;
S 11 is hydrogen or methyl;
X is —CHF— or —CF 2 —;
j, k, m, n, p, q, r, and s are independently 0 or 1, and the sum of k, m, n, and p is 1 or 2, q, r, and the sum of s is 0, 1, 2, or 3,
t is 1, 2, or 3.
式(20)において、
環Fおよび環Iは独立して、シクロヘキシル、シクロヘキセニル、フェニル、1-ナフチル、2-ナフチル、テトラヒドロピラン-2-イル、1,3-ジオキサン-2-イル、ピリミジン-2-イル、またはピリジン-2-イルであり、環Fおよび環Iにおいて、少なくとも1つの水素は、ハロゲン、炭素数1から12のアルキル、炭素数1から12のアルコキシ、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から12のアルキルで置き換えられてもよく;
環Gは、1,4-シクロへキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-1,2-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,3-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,4-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,5-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,6-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,7-ジイル、ナフタレン-1,8-ジイル、ナフタレン-2,3-ジイル、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、ナフタレン-2,7-ジイル、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルであり、環Gにおいて、少なくとも1つの水素は、ハロゲン、炭素数1から12のアルキル、炭素数1から12のアルコキシ、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から12のアルキルで置き換えられてもよく;
Z22およびZ23は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このZ22およびZ23において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、または-OCO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-、-C(CH3)=CH-、-CH=C(CH3)-、または-C(CH3)=C(CH3)-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく;
P11、P12、およびP13は独立して、重合性基であり;
Sp11、Sp12、およびSp13は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このSp11、Sp12、およびSp13において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく;
uは、0、1、または2であり;
f、g、およびhは独立して、0、1、2、3、または4であり、そしてf、g、およびhの和は、1以上である。 14. The liquid crystal composition according to claim 9, containing at least one polymerizable compound represented by formula (20).
In equation (20),
Ring F and ring I are independently cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, tetrahydropyran-2-yl, 1,3-dioxan-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, or pyridine. -2-yl, and in Ring F and Ring I, at least one hydrogen is halogen, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or carbon in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by halogen. It may be replaced by an alkyl of the numbers 1 to 12;
Ring G is 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-1,2-diyl, naphthalene-1,3-diyl, naphthalene-1,4-diyl, Naphthalene-1,5-diyl, naphthalene-1,6-diyl, naphthalene-1,7-diyl, naphthalene-1,8-diyl, naphthalene-2,3-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, naphthalene- 2,7-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5- Diyl, and in ring G, at least one hydrogen is halogen, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by halogen. May be replaced with;
Z 22 and Z 23 are independently a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and in Z 22 and Z 23 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O—, —CO—, —COO. Or at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — is —CH═CH—, —C(CH 3 )═CH—, —CH═C(CH 3 )—, Or may be replaced with -C(CH 3 )=C(CH 3 )- and at least one hydrogen may be replaced with fluorine or chlorine;
P 11 , P 12 and P 13 are independently a polymerizable group;
Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 are independently a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, and in this Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O. -, -COO-, -OCO-, or -OCOO-, and at least one -CH 2 CH 2 -may be replaced by -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine;
u is 0, 1, or 2;
f, g, and h are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, and the sum of f, g, and h is 1 or more.
式(21)、(22)、(23)および(24)において、R50は、水素、フッ素、塩素、炭素数1から12のアルキル、炭素数1から12のアルコキシ、炭素数2から12のアルケニル、少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素または塩素で置き換えられた炭素数1から12のアルキル、または少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた炭素数2から12のアルケニルであり;
R51は、-OH、-NH2、-OR53、-N(R53)2、または-Si(R53)3で表される基であり、ここで、R53は、水素または炭素数1から7のアルキルであり、このR53において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素で置き換えられてもよく;
R52は、水素、フッ素、または炭素数1から5のアルキルであり、このR52において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよく;
環A50および環B50は、1,4-シクロヘキシレン、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル、またはピリジン-2,5-ジイルであり、この環A50および環B50において、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素、炭素数1から12のアルキル、炭素数1から12のアルコキシ、または少なくとも1つの水素がフッ素で置き換えられた炭素数1から12のアルキルで置き換えられてもよく;
Z50は、単結合、-CH2CH2-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CF2O-、-OCF2-、-CH2O-、-OCH2-、または-CF=CF-であり;
Sp51、Sp52、Sp53およびSp54は、単結合または炭素数1から7のアルキレンであり、このSp51、Sp52、Sp53およびSp54において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-COO-、または-OCO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素で置き換えられてもよく;
a50は、0、1、2、3、または4であり;
a51は、1または2であり;
lは、0、1、2、3、4、5、または6であり、この-(CH2)l-の少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素で置き換えられてもよい。 15. The liquid crystal composition according to claim 9, containing at least one compound selected from compounds represented by formulas (21) to (24).
In formulas (21), (22), (23) and (24), R 50 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons, alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons, or R 2 having 2 to 12 carbons. Alkenyl, alkyl having 1 to 12 carbons in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by fluorine or chlorine, or alkenyl having 2 to 12 carbons in which at least one hydrogen is replaced by fluorine;
R 51 is a group represented by —OH, —NH 2 , —OR 53 , —N(R 53 ) 2 , or —Si(R 53 ) 3 , where R 53 is hydrogen or the number of carbon atoms. 1 to 7 alkyl, in which R 53 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH—. At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine;
R 52 is hydrogen, fluorine, or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons, and in this R 52 , at least one —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—, and at least one hydrogen is fluorine or May be replaced by chlorine;
Ring A 50 and ring B 50 are 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, 1,4-phenylene, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3 -Dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, or pyridine-2,5-diyl, wherein in ring A 50 and ring B 50 , at least one hydrogen is fluorine, carbon number 1 to 12 alkyl, 1-12 alkoxy, or at least one hydrogen may be replaced by 1-12 alkyl in which fluorine is replaced;
Z 50 represents a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 O—. , —OCH 2 —, or —CF═CF—;
Sp 51 , Sp 52 , Sp 53 and Sp 54 are a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and in this Sp 51 , Sp 52 , Sp 53 and Sp 54 , at least one —CH 2 — is — May be replaced by O—, —COO—, or —OCO—, at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced by —CH═CH—, and at least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine. May be given;
a 50 is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
a 51 is 1 or 2;
l is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, and at least one —CH 2 — of —(CH 2 ) l — is —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —OCOO—, at least one —CH 2 CH 2 — may be replaced with —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and at least one hydrogen is It may be replaced by fluorine.
P11、P12、およびP13が独立して、式(P-1)から式(P-5)で表される重合性基の群から選択された基である、請求項14に記載の液晶組成物。
式(P-1)から式(P-5)において、
M11、M12、およびM13は独立して、水素、フッ素、炭素数1から5のアルキル、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から5のアルキルである。 In equation (20),
15. The group according to claim 14, wherein P 11 , P 12 and P 13 are independently a group selected from the group of polymerizable groups represented by formula (P-1) to formula (P-5). Liquid crystal composition.
In formula (P-1) to formula (P-5),
M 11 , M 12 and M 13 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons in which at least one hydrogen has been replaced by halogen.
式(20-1)から式(20-7)において、
L31、L32、L33、L34、L35、L36、L37、およびL38は独立して、水素、フッ素、またはメチルであり;
Sp11、Sp12、およびSp13は独立して、単結合または炭素数1から10のアルキレンであり、このSp11、Sp12、およびSp13において、少なくとも1つの-CH2-は、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、または-OCOO-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの-CH2CH2-は、-CH=CH-または-C≡C-で置き換えられてもよく、少なくとも1つの水素は、フッ素または塩素で置き換えられてもよい。
P11、P12、およびP13は独立して、式(P-1)から式(P-3)で表される重合性基の群から選択された基であり、
式(P-1)から式(P-3)において、
M11、M12、およびM13は独立して、水素、フッ素、炭素数1から5のアルキル、または少なくとも1つの水素がハロゲンで置き換えられた炭素数1から5のアルキルである。 15. The polymerizable compound represented by the formula (20) is at least one compound selected from the group of polymerizable compounds represented by the formula (20-1) to the formula (20-7). 17. The liquid crystal composition according to any one of 16.
In equation (20-1) to equation (20-7),
L 31 , L 32 , L 33 , L 34 , L 35 , L 36 , L 37 , and L 38 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, or methyl;
Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 are independently a single bond or an alkylene having 1 to 10 carbons, and in this Sp 11 , Sp 12 and Sp 13 , at least one —CH 2 — is —O. -, -COO-, -OCO-, or -OCOO-, and at least one -CH 2 CH 2 -may be replaced by -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, At least one hydrogen may be replaced by fluorine or chlorine.
P 11 , P 12 , and P 13 are independently a group selected from the group of polymerizable groups represented by formula (P-1) to formula (P-3),
In formula (P-1) to formula (P-3),
M 11 , M 12 and M 13 are independently hydrogen, fluorine, alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons or alkyl having 1 to 5 carbons in which at least one hydrogen has been replaced by halogen.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2020559167A JP7505409B2 (en) | 2018-12-07 | 2019-12-02 | Compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2018-229853 | 2018-12-07 | ||
| JP2018229853 | 2018-12-07 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2020116380A1 true WO2020116380A1 (en) | 2020-06-11 |
Family
ID=70975133
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2019/046979 Ceased WO2020116380A1 (en) | 2018-12-07 | 2019-12-02 | Compound, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element |
Country Status (3)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP7505409B2 (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI814954B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2020116380A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2022136231A1 (en) * | 2020-12-22 | 2022-06-30 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Polymerisable compounds and the use thereof in liquid-crystal displays |
Citations (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH08209129A (en) * | 1994-09-22 | 1996-08-13 | Asulab Sa | Liquid crystal composition and cell containing the same |
| JP2016044183A (en) * | 2014-08-25 | 2016-04-04 | メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングMerck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschraenkter Haftung | Polymerizable compounds and their use in liquid crystal displays |
| WO2016129490A1 (en) * | 2015-02-09 | 2016-08-18 | Jnc株式会社 | Polymerizable polar compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element |
| JP2017014486A (en) * | 2015-06-09 | 2017-01-19 | メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングMerck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschraenkter Haftung | Polymerizable compounds and their use in liquid crystal displays |
| WO2017047177A1 (en) * | 2015-09-15 | 2017-03-23 | Jnc株式会社 | Polymerizable polar compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element |
| WO2017145611A1 (en) * | 2016-02-25 | 2017-08-31 | Jnc株式会社 | Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element |
| WO2018037933A1 (en) * | 2016-08-23 | 2018-03-01 | Dic株式会社 | Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing same |
Family Cites Families (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| EP2818531B1 (en) * | 2013-06-25 | 2017-07-26 | Merck Patent GmbH | Polymerisable compounds and the use thereof in liquid-crystal displays |
| EP3466918A4 (en) * | 2016-06-03 | 2020-01-08 | JNC Corporation | POLYMERIZABLE POLAR CONNECTION, LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITION AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY ELEMENT |
-
2019
- 2019-12-02 JP JP2020559167A patent/JP7505409B2/en active Active
- 2019-12-02 WO PCT/JP2019/046979 patent/WO2020116380A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2019-12-03 TW TW108144002A patent/TWI814954B/en active
Patent Citations (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH08209129A (en) * | 1994-09-22 | 1996-08-13 | Asulab Sa | Liquid crystal composition and cell containing the same |
| JP2016044183A (en) * | 2014-08-25 | 2016-04-04 | メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングMerck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschraenkter Haftung | Polymerizable compounds and their use in liquid crystal displays |
| WO2016129490A1 (en) * | 2015-02-09 | 2016-08-18 | Jnc株式会社 | Polymerizable polar compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element |
| JP2017014486A (en) * | 2015-06-09 | 2017-01-19 | メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングMerck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschraenkter Haftung | Polymerizable compounds and their use in liquid crystal displays |
| WO2017047177A1 (en) * | 2015-09-15 | 2017-03-23 | Jnc株式会社 | Polymerizable polar compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element |
| WO2017145611A1 (en) * | 2016-02-25 | 2017-08-31 | Jnc株式会社 | Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element |
| WO2018037933A1 (en) * | 2016-08-23 | 2018-03-01 | Dic株式会社 | Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing same |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2022136231A1 (en) * | 2020-12-22 | 2022-06-30 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Polymerisable compounds and the use thereof in liquid-crystal displays |
| CN116940653A (en) * | 2020-12-22 | 2023-10-24 | 默克专利股份有限公司 | Polymerizable compounds and their use in liquid crystal displays |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JPWO2020116380A1 (en) | 2021-10-21 |
| JP7505409B2 (en) | 2024-06-25 |
| TW202101076A (en) | 2021-01-01 |
| TWI814954B (en) | 2023-09-11 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP6627515B2 (en) | Liquid crystal compound having negative dielectric anisotropy having 3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device | |
| JP6850410B2 (en) | Liquid crystal compounds, liquid crystal compositions and liquid crystal display devices with benzothiophene | |
| JP6566031B2 (en) | Liquid crystalline compound having benzothiophene, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device | |
| JP7127295B2 (en) | Compound having fluorodibenzofuran ring, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element | |
| JP2016185913A (en) | Alkenyl dioxane compound, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element | |
| JP6623567B2 (en) | Dihydropyran compound, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device | |
| JP6402919B2 (en) | COMPOUND HAVING PERFLUOROALKYL TERMINAL GROUP AND CF2O BONDING GROUP, LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITION AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE | |
| JP7597021B2 (en) | Compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device | |
| JP2017025007A (en) | Polar compound, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element | |
| JP7747621B2 (en) | Compound, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element | |
| JP6699126B2 (en) | Compound having tetrahydropyran ring, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device | |
| JP2017132693A (en) | Compound having difluorocyclohexane ring, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element | |
| JP6555144B2 (en) | Liquid crystal compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device | |
| JP6638814B2 (en) | Polymerizable polar compound, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device | |
| WO2020080120A1 (en) | Compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element | |
| JP6919394B2 (en) | Liquid crystal compounds having fluorene and CF2O, liquid crystal compositions and liquid crystal display devices | |
| WO2020026583A1 (en) | Liquid crystal compound comprising benzothiazole ring and cf2o ligand, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element | |
| JP7505409B2 (en) | Compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device | |
| JP6766556B2 (en) | Liquid crystal compounds, liquid crystal compositions and liquid crystal display devices | |
| JP7052597B2 (en) | Polymerizable polar compounds, liquid crystal compositions, and liquid crystal display devices | |
| JP7119640B2 (en) | Polymerizable polar compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element | |
| JP6738046B2 (en) | Liquid crystalline compound having biphenylene, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device | |
| JP6790741B2 (en) | Piperidine derivatives, liquid crystal compositions and liquid crystal display devices | |
| JP7143741B2 (en) | Compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element | |
| JP6642260B2 (en) | Liquid crystal compound having four rings, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19894235 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2020559167 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 19894235 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |